WO2014187260A1 - Method, device for sending/receiving public message and system - Google Patents

Method, device for sending/receiving public message and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014187260A1
WO2014187260A1 PCT/CN2014/077495 CN2014077495W WO2014187260A1 WO 2014187260 A1 WO2014187260 A1 WO 2014187260A1 CN 2014077495 W CN2014077495 W CN 2014077495W WO 2014187260 A1 WO2014187260 A1 WO 2014187260A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
message
traffic channel
subframe
rnti
determining
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/077495
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
石靖
戴博
方惠英
夏树强
李新彩
刘锟
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Publication of WO2014187260A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014187260A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/12Messaging; Mailboxes; Announcements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H04L5/005Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver of common pilots, i.e. pilots destined for multiple users or terminals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a public message transmitting method and apparatus, a public message receiving method, a device, and a public message transmitting system.
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • UE User Equipment
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) mode according to the related art.
  • a 10 ms radio frame consists of two half frames of 5 ms length. Composition, one field includes five subframes of length lms, and subframe i is defined as two slots 2i and 2i+1 that are 0.5 ms long.
  • the PDCCH is used to carry downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI for short), and includes: uplink and downlink scheduling information, and uplink power control information.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the MTC terminal can obtain the DCI by demodulating the PDCCH channel in each subframe, so as to implement a solution to the Physical Downlink Share Channel (PDSCH) and the Physical Uplink Share Channel (PUSCH). Tune.
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Share Channel
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Share Channel
  • the message carried on the PDSCH is divided into a public message and a user-specific message.
  • a public message a plurality of UEs in a cell can be simultaneously received, and a user-specific message can only be received by one UE in a cell.
  • the PDCCH is required to perform a scheduling indication, that is, the terminal must receive the PDCCH correctly before receiving the PDSCH.
  • the inventors of the present invention found in the course of research that, in practical applications, there is a class of terminals whose coverage performance is significantly degraded due to the limited location or self-characteristics.
  • smart meter reading MTC terminals are mostly installed in a low coverage performance environment such as a basement. They mainly send packet data, have low data rate requirements, and can tolerate large data transmission delays. Since such a terminal has low data rate requirements, for the data channel, the correct transmission of the packet data can be ensured by a lower modulation and coding rate and multiple repetitions in the time domain, and the synchronization channel itself transmits The same information, the terminal can receive the same information sent by multiple subframes. Therefore, in a scenario where coverage is limited, both the traffic channel and the control channel need to be repeatedly transmitted to improve coverage. For the repeated transmission of the traffic channel carrying the public message, the control channel in the public search space needs to be repeated to schedule the indication.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a public message sending method, a device, a public message receiving method, a device, and a public message transmission system, to at least solve a method for transmitting a public message in a coverage enhanced scenario in the related art. The problem caused.
  • the traffic channel is repeatedly transmitted at the time-frequency resource location, where the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel is determined by at least one of the following: the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the public message Different from the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel scheduled by the control channel scrambled by the Cell Radio Network Temporary Identity (C-RNTI); the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is the same; Determining the number of repeated transmissions of the corresponding service channel, where the public message includes at least one of the following: a system information block (sm) message, a random access response
  • sm system information block
  • RRC radio resource control layer
  • determining, according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message comprises: according to the preamble time-frequency resource or The sequence of preambles determines a number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message.
  • the traffic channel carrying the sm message is intermittently repeatedly transmitted according to a preset period, where the preset period is a period of a fixed duration or a period of a group of durations configured according to a fourth predefined value.
  • the traffic channel carrying the sm message is repeatedly transmitted in the preset period, and the one-time repeated transmission is located in one or more sm periods.
  • the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource is determined according to an indication of RRC signaling or according to a fifth predefined value
  • the PRB resource is a continuous or discrete PRB resource
  • the RPB The number of PRBs of resources is less than or equal to 6.
  • determining that the traffic channel carrying the public message is in a subframe within a subframe in which the traffic channel is transmitted is a third orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, or, according to a bandwidth of the system, Determining a start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message within the subframe.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • the starting position of the subframe, wherein the H value satisfies the relationship (H + h*n) mod T j.
  • H is the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position
  • n is the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located
  • h is the available downlink included in one radio frame.
  • the number of subframes, T represents the period of repeated transmission, 0 j ⁇ hl , where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-ordered sequentially; Determining for the transmission bearer according to one of a subframe in which the sequence of the preamble in the random access is located, a type of the sequence, a coverage level of the base station corresponding to the preamble, or a seventh predefined value The starting position of the subframe of the traffic channel of the RAR message.
  • determining, according to the type of the public message that is carried, the location of the subframe includes at least the following
  • the subframe in which the traffic channel carrying the sm message is transmitted is transmitted in a cyclically repeated manner.
  • the control channel scheduling the traffic channel is transmitted in the same periodic repetition manner.
  • the frequency domain resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message on multiple subframes for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel are the same. .
  • the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication
  • the traffic channel carrying the public message corresponds to The control channel occupies the same amount of resources.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the control channel is determined according to a maximum coverage level of the base station or a type of the public message carried by the corresponding traffic channel.
  • the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the SIB message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC bit.
  • the value of the M-SI-RNTI is different from the value of the SI-RNTI.
  • the physical downlink control channel scrambled by using the M-SI-RNTI and the physical downlink traffic channel scheduled by the physical downlink control channel are transmitted in the same subframe or different subframes.
  • a method for receiving a public message including: receiving, by a user equipment, a public message at a specific time-frequency resource location according to a coverage level, where the specific time-frequency resource location is a network Determined by the side, the public message is carried on a traffic channel.
  • determining, according to the type of the public message to be carried, the number of repetitions of the corresponding service channel includes at least one of: a repetition period of a broadcast channel, a maximum coverage level, a periodic configuration of the sm message, or a first Determining the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the sm message according to at least one of the predefined values; according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the maximum coverage level of the base station, Determining the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message according to at least one of a coverage level of the user equipment or a second predefined value; according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, Determining a repetition of the traffic channel carrying the Paging message by at least one of a maximum coverage level of the base station, a coverage level of the user equipment, a Radio Resource Control Layer (RRC) signaling, or a third predefined value frequency.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control Layer
  • determining, according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message comprises: according to the time-frequency resource or the preamble of the preamble
  • the preamble sequence determines the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message.
  • the traffic channel carrying the sm message is intermittently repeatedly received according to a preset period, where the preset period is a period of a fixed duration or a period of a group of durations configured according to a fourth predefined value.
  • the traffic channel carrying the sm message is repeatedly received in the preset period, and the one-time repeated reception is located in one or more sm periods.
  • receiving the public message at the specific time-frequency resource location comprises: determining, by using blind detection, the device carrying the sm message Said traffic channel.
  • the method further includes: the user equipment performing a plurality of sm period attempts to decode the traffic channel carrying the sm message.
  • the second RNTI includes P-RNTIs and MP-RNTIs with different values.
  • the third RNTI includes RA-RNTI and M-RA-RNTI with different values for descrambling of CRC bits corresponding to the RAR message;
  • the starting position of the PRB resource is determined by one of the following methods: determining that the PRB resource with the smallest number among the PRB resources is the starting location; determining that the PRB resource with the largest number among the PRB resources is the Said starting position; determined according to the formula ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ !
  • the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource is determined according to an indication of RRC signaling or according to a fifth predefined value
  • the PRB resource is a continuous or discrete PRB resource
  • the RPB The number of PRBs of resources is less than or equal to 6.
  • determining that the traffic channel carrying the public message is in a subframe within a subframe in which the traffic channel is transmitted is a third orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, or, according to a bandwidth of the system, Determining a start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message within the subframe.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • determining, according to a bandwidth of the system, a manner in which the start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe includes one of: in a case where the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, Determining that the fifth OFDM symbol of the subframe is the start symbol; and if the system bandwidth is greater than 1.4 MHz, determining that the fourth OFDM symbol of the subframe is the start symbol.
  • the specific time-frequency resource location occupied by the traffic channel carrying the sm message in the case of a larger coverage level includes a specific time-frequency resource location occupied by a smaller coverage level.
  • the starting position of the subframe, wherein the H value satisfies the relationship (H + h*n) mod T j.
  • H represents the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position
  • h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame
  • T is the period of repeated transmission, 0 j ⁇ hl , where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-sequenced sequentially; Determining, for receiving the bearer, the one of the subframe in which the preamble sequence in the access is located, the type of the sequence, the coverage level of the base station corresponding to the preamble, or the seventh predefined value
  • determining, according to the type of the public message that is carried, the location of the subframe includes at least the following
  • the control channel scheduling the traffic channel is received in the same periodic repetition manner.
  • the frequency domain resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message on multiple subframes for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel are the same .
  • a public message sending apparatus is further disposed on the network side, where the apparatus includes: a first determining module, configured to determine, according to a coverage level, a time-frequency resource location for transmitting a public message; And sending, by the time-frequency resource location, the public message, where the public message is carried on a traffic channel.
  • a public message receiving apparatus is further provided on a terminal side, where the apparatus includes: a receiving module, configured to receive a public message at a specific time-frequency resource location according to a coverage level, where The specific time-frequency resource location is determined by the network side, and the public message is carried on the traffic channel.
  • a public message transmission system comprising the above-described public message transmitting apparatus and the above-described public message receiving apparatus.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of an FDD mode according to the related art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a TDD mode according to the related art
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a public message transmitting method according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a public message transmitting apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of an FDD mode according to the related art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a TDD mode according to the related art
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a public message transmitting method according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a public message transmitting apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of an FDD mode according to the related art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a TDD mode according to the related
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a public message sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the process includes the following steps: Step S302: A base station determines according to a coverage level.
  • Step S304 transmitting a public message by using the time-frequency resource location, where the public message is carried on the traffic channel.
  • the base station determines, according to the coverage level, the location of the time-frequency resource that sends the public message and sends the public message at the determined time-frequency resource location, thereby providing a method for transmitting the public message in the coverage-enhanced scenario, thereby being able to solve the problem.
  • the problem of increasing the blocking rate caused by a large number of repeated transmissions ensures the normal and stable operation of the system.
  • the foregoing coverage level may be confirmed according to at least one of the following: pre-configuration, a preamble resource or sequence sent by the user equipment in the random access process, a measurement signal sent by the base station or the user equipment, and a radio resource control layer (Radio Resource) Control layer, referred to as RRC) signaling.
  • the traffic channel is repeatedly transmitted at the time-frequency resource location.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel may be determined in multiple manners, for example, by using at least one of the following methods:
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is different from the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel scheduled by the control channel scrambled by the Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI).
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the service channel carrying the public message can be set to the same number of repeated transmissions; 3.
  • the public message may be at least one of the following types of messages: SIB message, RAR message, Paging message.
  • determining the number of repeated transmissions of the corresponding service channel according to the type of the public message to be carried may be in multiple manners, for example: adopting at least one of the following methods:
  • the service channel carrying the sm message may be determined according to at least one of the number of repeated transmissions of the broadcast channel, the maximum coverage level of the base station, the periodic configuration of the sm message, or the first predefined value. Repeated number of transmissions;
  • the bearer RAR message may be determined according to at least one of a preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, a maximum coverage level of the base station, a coverage level of the user equipment, or a second predefined value. The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel;
  • determining, according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message includes: determining the bearer RAR according to the preamble time-frequency resource or the preamble sequence The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel of the message or Paging message.
  • the user equipment may perform multiple periodic attempts to decode the traffic channel carrying the sm message.
  • the multiple cycles may include one of the following: 4, 8, 16 32, 64.
  • the traffic channel carrying the public message can determine the frequency domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel in multiple manners without the control channel scheduling indication, for example, by using at least one of the following methods:
  • each frequency domain aggregation level determine the number of PRBs in the physical resource block (PRB) resource occupied by the frequency domain resource, where binary phase shift keying is used on the frequency domain resource (Binary) Phase Shift Keying (referred to as BPSK) modulation or Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) modulation, and respectively pass the first Radio Network Temporary Identifier (RNTI), the second The RNTI and the third RNTI scramble a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) bit corresponding to the public message; wherein, the first RNTI includes SI-RNTIs (SIB-RNTI) and P M-SI with different values - RNTI (MTC-SIB-RNTI), used for scrambling of CRC bits corresponding to SIB messages; second RNTI includes P-RNTKPaging-RNTI with different values and MP-RNTI (MTC-Paging-RNTI), for The CRC bit corresponding to the Paging message is scrambled; the
  • the starting position of the PRB resource in the above manner may further include, but is not limited to, one of the following ways:
  • the PRB resource is a continuous or discrete PRB resource, and the number of PRBs of the RPB resource is less than or equal to 6.
  • the starting position of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe of the transport service channel is determined to be the third OFDM symbol, or the start of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe is determined according to the bandwidth of the system. symbol.
  • the start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe is determined according to the bandwidth of the system, including but not limited to adopting one of the following methods:
  • the traffic channels carrying different types of public messages are corresponding to different subframe starting positions;
  • H is the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 H hl, n is the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame.
  • the number of subframes, T represents the period of repeated transmission, 0 j hl, where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-ordered sequentially;
  • determining to transmit the bearer RAR message The starting position of the subframe of the traffic channel.
  • determining the location of the subframe according to the type of the public message carried includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following:
  • the control channel scheduling the traffic channel is transmitted in the same periodic repetition manner.
  • the frequency domain resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the multiple subframes for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel are the same.
  • the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the public message occupies the same resource size.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the control channel may also be determined according to the maximum coverage level of the base station or the type of the public message carried by the corresponding traffic channel.
  • the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the sm message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC bit, where the M-SI The value of the -RNTI is different from the value of the SI-RNTI.
  • the user equipment receives the public message according to the coverage level at a specific time-frequency resource location determined by the network side, thereby providing a method for transmitting the public message in the coverage-enhanced scenario, thereby being able to solve the problem that the public search space is limited.
  • the problem of increased blocking rate ensures the normal and stable operation of the system.
  • the traffic channel is repeatedly received at a time-frequency resource location, wherein the number of repetitions of the traffic channel is determined by at least one of the following: 1.
  • the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is different from the control of scrambling with the C-RNTI The number of repetitions of the traffic channel scheduled by the channel-scrambled control channel;
  • the public message includes at least one of the following types of messages: an SIB message, a RAR message, and a Paging message.
  • determining the number of repetitions of the corresponding service channel according to the type of the public message to be carried comprises at least one of the following:
  • determining the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the Paging message according to one of the preamble, the maximum coverage level, the coverage level of the user equipment, the RRC signaling, or the third predefined value sent by the user equipment in the random access includes: determining, according to the preamble time-frequency resource or the preamble sequence, the service carrying the RAR message or the Paging message The number of repetitions of the channel.
  • the method further includes: the user equipment performs a plurality of sm period attempts to decode the service channel carrying the sm message, where the multiple periods include one of the following: 4, 8 , 16, 32, 64. In this way, the number of times the network side repeatedly transmits the traffic channel can be reduced.
  • the traffic channel carrying the public message determines the frequency domain resource for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel by using at least one of the following manners without the control channel scheduling indication: 1.
  • blind detection The number of PRBs in the PRB resources occupied by the frequency domain resources, where BPSK demodulation or QPSK demodulation is adopted on the frequency domain resources, and the CRC bits corresponding to the public message are descrambled by the first RNTI, the second RNTI, and the third RNTI, respectively.
  • the first RNTI includes the SI-RNTI and the M-SI-RNTI with different values, and is used for descrambling the CRC bits corresponding to the SIB message.
  • the second RNTI includes the P-RNTI and the MP-RNTI with different values.
  • the third RNTI includes the RA-RNTI and the M-RA-RNTI with different values, and is used for descrambling the CRC bit corresponding to the RAR message;
  • M ( L ) denotes the number of candidate sets corresponding to the aggregation level L; ⁇ denotes the subframe with the subframe number k for uncontrolled transmission
  • D is the constant 65537;
  • A is the constant 39827;
  • n RNT i represents the RNTI value of the scrambled CRC bit, SFN represents the radio frame number, and mod represents the modulo operation.
  • the PRB The resource is a continuous or discrete PRB resource, and the number of PRBs of the RPB resource is less than or equal to 6.
  • the starting position of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe of the transport service channel is determined to be
  • the three OFDM symbols determine the start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe.
  • determining that the starting symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe includes one of the following: 1. In the case that the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, determining the fifth OFDM of the subframe The symbol is the starting symbol;
  • the fourth OFDM symbol of the subframe is determined to be the start symbol.
  • the time-frequency resource location occupied by the traffic channel carrying the sm message in the case of a larger coverage level includes a specific time-frequency resource location occupied by the smaller coverage level.
  • the starting position of the subframe for receiving the traffic channel is determined by one of the following ways:
  • L represents the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position
  • n represents the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located
  • h is the available downlink included in one radio frame.
  • the number of subframes, where N is the number of repeated transmissions, 0 j hl, where the downlink subframes in the radio frame are renumbered sequentially in the TDD system;
  • H is the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 H hl, n is the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame.
  • the number of subframes, T represents the period of repeated transmission, 0 j hl, where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-ordered sequentially;
  • determining, according to one of a subframe in which the preamble sequence of the preamble in the random access, a type of the preamble sequence, a coverage level of the base station corresponding to the preamble, or a seventh predefined value, is used to receive the bearer RAR message.
  • determining, according to the type of the public message to be carried, the location of the subframe includes at least one of the following: 1. determining, that the subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the RAR message is received in a continuous manner;
  • the control channel scheduling the traffic channel is received in the same periodic repetition manner.
  • the frequency domain resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message on the multiple subframes for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel are the same.
  • the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the public message occupies the same resource.
  • the number of repeated receptions of the control channel is determined according to the maximum coverage level or the type of the public message carried by the corresponding traffic channel.
  • the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the sm message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC bit, where the M-SI The value of the -RNTI is different from the value of the SI-RNTI.
  • the physical downlink control channel scrambled by the M-SI-RNTI and the physical downlink traffic channel scheduled by the physical downlink control channel are received in the same subframe or different subframes.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a public message sending apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the apparatus includes a first determining module 42 and a sending module 44, wherein the first determining module 42 is set according to a coverage level. Determining the location of the time-frequency resource for transmitting the public message; the sending module 44 is coupled to the first determining module 42 and configured to send the public message through the time-frequency resource location, where the public message is carried on the traffic channel.
  • a processor includes a first determining module 42 and a transmitting module 44.
  • the names of the modules do not constitute a limitation on the module itself in some cases.
  • the first determining module may also be described as "a module that is set to determine the location of the time-frequency resource for transmitting the public message according to the coverage level.” .
  • the traffic channel is repeatedly transmitted at the time-frequency resource location.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the service channel carrying the public message can be set to the same number of repeated transmissions
  • the public message may be at least one of the following types of messages: SIB message, RAR message, Paging message.
  • determining the number of repeated transmissions of the corresponding service channel according to the type of the public message to be carried may be in multiple manners, for example: adopting at least one of the following methods: For the sm message, the service channel carrying the sm message may be determined according to at least one of the number of repeated transmissions of the broadcast channel, the maximum coverage level of the base station, the periodic configuration of the sm message, or the first predefined value. Repeated number of transmissions;
  • the bearer RAR message may be determined according to at least one of a preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, a maximum coverage level of the base station, a coverage level of the user equipment, or a second predefined value. The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel;
  • determining, according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message includes: determining the bearer RAR according to the preamble time-frequency resource or the preamble sequence The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel of the message or Paging message.
  • the traffic channel carrying the sm message may be intermittently and repeatedly transmitted according to a preset period, where the preset period may be a period of a fixed duration or a period of a group of duration configured according to a fourth predefined value, for example, a period fixed setting Set to a different value for a fixed value or in different scenarios.
  • the traffic channel carrying the sm message is repeatedly transmitted in a preset period, and the one-time repeated transmission is located in one or more sm periods.
  • the traffic channel carrying the sm message is sent in a non-periodic manner, wherein the user equipment can determine the traffic channel carrying the sm message by blind detection.
  • the user equipment may perform multiple periodic attempts to decode the traffic channel carrying the sm message.
  • the multiple cycles may include one of the following: 4, 8, 16 32, 64.
  • the traffic channel carrying the public message can determine the frequency domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel in multiple manners without the control channel scheduling indication, for example, by using at least one of the following methods: In the domain aggregation level, determining the number of PRBs in the PRB resources occupied by the frequency domain resources, where BPSK modulation or QPSK modulation is adopted on the comment resources, and the public message is scrambled by the first RNTI, the second RNTI, and the third RNTI, respectively.
  • the first RNTI includes SI-RNTIs and M-SI-RNTIs with different values, and is used for scrambling of CRC bits corresponding to the SIB message; Different P-RNTIs and MP-RNTIs are used for scrambling of CRC bits corresponding to Paging messages.
  • the third RNTI includes RA-RNTIs and M-RA-RNTIs with different values, and is used for adding CRC bits corresponding to RAR messages. Disturb.
  • the starting position of the PRB resource in the above manner may further include, but is not limited to, one of the following ways:
  • the starting position is the third OFDM symbol, or, according to the bandwidth of the system, determining that the traffic channel carrying the public message is within the subframe
  • determining the start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe according to the bandwidth of the system including but not limited to adopting one of the following methods:
  • the fourth OFDM symbol of the subframe is determined to be the start symbol.
  • the time-frequency resource location occupied by the traffic channel carrying the sm message in the case of a larger coverage level includes the time-frequency resource location occupied by the smaller coverage level, that is, as the coverage level increases, before The occupied time-frequency resource location does not change, but a new time-frequency resource location is newly added.
  • the manner of determining the starting position of the subframe used for transmitting the traffic channel includes, but is not limited to, the following manners: 1. determining a starting position of the subframe according to a type of the public message that is carried, for example, adopting a sixth pre-defined a value, a traffic channel carrying different types of public messages corresponding to different subframe start positions;
  • H is the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 H hl, n is the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame.
  • the number of subframes, T represents the period of repeated transmission, 0 j hl, where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-ordered sequentially;
  • determining to transmit the bearer RAR message The starting position of the subframe of the traffic channel.
  • determining the location of the subframe according to the type of the public message carried includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following:
  • the control channel scheduling the traffic channel is transmitted in the same periodic repetition manner.
  • the frequency domain resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the multiple subframes for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel are the same.
  • the physical downlink control channel scrambled by the M-SI-RNTI and the physical downlink traffic channel (also referred to as a physical downlink shared channel) scheduled by the physical downlink control channel are transmitted in the same subframe or different subframes.
  • the embodiment further provides a public message receiving device, which is located at the terminal side, and can be located in the user equipment, and is configured to implement the public message receiving method.
  • the specific implementation process of the device described in the device embodiment is in the method embodiment. It has been described in detail and will not be described here.
  • the public message receiving apparatus includes a receiving module, configured to receive a public message at a specific time-frequency resource location according to a coverage level, where the specific time-frequency resource location is determined by the network side, and the public message is carried on the traffic channel. .
  • the traffic channel is repeatedly received at a time-frequency resource location, where the number of repetitions of the traffic channel is determined by at least one of the following:
  • the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is different from the number of repetitions of the traffic channel scheduled by the control channel scrambled by the C-RNTI scrambled control channel;
  • the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is the same;
  • the public message includes at least one of the following types of messages: an SIB message, a RAR message, and a Paging message.
  • determining, according to the type of the public message to be carried, the number of repetitions of the corresponding service channel includes at least one of the following: 1. According to the repetition number of the broadcast channel, the maximum coverage level, the periodic configuration of the sm message, or the first predefined value. At least one of the manners of determining the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the sm message;
  • determining, according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message includes: determining, according to the preamble time-frequency resource or the preamble sequence, the service carrying the RAR message or the Paging message The number of repetitions of the channel.
  • the traffic channel carrying the sm message is intermittently repeatedly received according to a preset period, wherein the preset period is a period of a fixed duration or a period of a group of durations configured according to the fourth predefined value.
  • the traffic channel carrying the sm message is repeatedly received in a preset period, and the one-time repeated reception is located in one or more sm periods.
  • receiving the public message at the specific time-frequency resource location comprises: determining, by blind detection, the traffic channel carrying the sm message.
  • the public message transmitting apparatus performs a plurality of sm cycle attempts to decode the traffic channel carrying the sm message to reduce the number of times the network side repeatedly transmits the traffic channel.
  • multiple cycles include one of the following: 4, 8, 16, 32, and 64.
  • the traffic channel carrying the public message determines the frequency domain resource for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel by using at least one of the following manners without the control channel scheduling indication:
  • the third RNTI includes the RA-RNTI and the M-RA-RNTI with different values, and is used for the CRC bits corresponding to the RAR message. De-scrambling; 2. determining a PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource according to the indication of the RRC signaling;
  • the starting position of the PRB resource is determined by one of the following:
  • determining that the starting location of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe of the transport traffic channel is the third OFDM symbol, or Determining, according to the bandwidth of the system, a start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe.
  • determining that the start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe includes one of the following: the way:
  • the time-frequency resource location occupied by the traffic channel carrying the sm message in the case of a larger coverage level includes a specific time-frequency resource location occupied by the smaller coverage level.
  • the starting position of the subframe for receiving the traffic channel is determined by one of the following ways:
  • H is the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 H hl, n is the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame.
  • the number of subframes, T represents the period of repeated transmission, 0 j hl, where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-sequenced sequentially; 5.
  • determining the location of the subframe includes at least one of the following according to the type of the public message that is carried:
  • the number of repeated receptions of the control channel is determined according to the maximum coverage level or the type of the public message carried by the corresponding traffic channel.
  • the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the sm message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC bit, where the M-SI The value of the -RNTI is different from the value of the SI-RNTI.
  • the physical downlink control channel scrambled by the M-SI-RNTI and the physical downlink traffic channel scheduled by the physical downlink control channel are received in the same subframe or different subframes.
  • the traffic channel carrying the sm message is intermittently transmitted in a period M, where M is a fixed value or a set of values. For example, in a period M, only one combined reception is performed, and the repeated transmission is located in one or more sm periods.
  • the base station repeatedly transmits in an aperiodic manner, and the terminal blindly detects the repeated transmission of the traffic channel carrying the sm message.
  • the traffic channel carrying the sm message the terminal may try to decode by multiple cycles to reduce the number of repeated transmissions, and the preferred number of multiple cycles is 4, 8, 16, 32, 64.
  • the terminal learns the PRB resource location of the service channel carrying the public message through RRC signaling or a predefined manner, and directly detects the public message in the corresponding PRB resource.
  • W PRB , t 6 ; — Possible search spaces are shown in Table 1. Table 1 PRB search space
  • the allocated PRB resources may be continuous or discrete, and no more than 6 PRBs.
  • the repeated transmission of the traffic channel is determined according to the system bandwidth in each subframe. For example, when the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, the detection starts from the 5th OFDM symbol, and when the system bandwidth is >1.4 MHz, the fixed slave is fixed. The 4th OFDM symbol starts detection. Alternatively, the repeated transmission of the traffic channel starts from the third OFDM symbol uniformly in each subframe.
  • the repeatedly transmitted traffic channel carries sm
  • the resources occupied when the large coverage level contains resources occupied by the small coverage level.
  • SIB, RAR, Paging determines the number of repetitions. Specifically, the SIB is determined according to the maximum coverage level, and the RAR is determined according to the Preamble sent by the UE, and the Paging is determined according to the RRC signaling or the UE coverage level.
  • the manner in which the service channel repeatedly transmits the occupied resources includes the corresponding occupied resources when the occupied resource includes the low coverage level when the high coverage level is included.
  • the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, and the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the sm message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC, where the M-SI-RNTI For a predefined value; preferably, the M-SI-RNTI scrambled PDCCH and the scheduled PDSCH may be in the same subframe or different subframes.
  • the public message transmission method provided by the preferred embodiment will be described below by taking the FDD and TDD systems as an example.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart 1 of a public message transmission method according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG.
  • Step S701 The base station sends a public message without using control channel scheduling. Indicates that the traffic channel carrying the system message is transmitted.
  • the fixed starting subframe position is subframe 5 of the radio frame.
  • the repeated subframe occupies subframes 0, 4, 5, and 9 in the radio frame.
  • the base station determines the number of repetitions to be 20 times according to the maximum coverage level.
  • Step S702 The base station repeatedly sends the service channel carrying the public message on the determined good resource.
  • the traffic channel completes a transmission after reaching the number of repetitions in a non-contiguous predefined subframe.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart 2 of a public message transmission method according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the processing procedure on the terminal side includes: Step S801: The terminal receives a public message, and needs to blindly receive a service channel carrying a public message. .
  • the subframe 5 of the terminal in the radio frame serves as the start of one detection.
  • the terminal determines that the public message is repeatedly transmitted 20 times according to the maximum coverage level in the cell, and therefore needs to perform 20 combined reception processes.
  • the terminal performs detection and merging in subframes 0, 4, 5, and 9 in the radio frame.
  • the frequency domain resource is blindly detected, and the corresponding candidate set is sequentially detected according to each aggregation level, and the same candidate set of the same aggregation level of each subframe is combined and demodulated, and the RNTI check is performed on the CRC of the public message according to the scrambling.
  • Step S802 the terminal performs demodulation once in each subframe 5 of each radio frame, and demodulates the public message on the corresponding resource.
  • the transmission resource of the service channel carrying the public message can be flexibly configured, and the terminal having the coverage enhancement requirement can receive the public message of the base station through repeated transmission of the service channel.
  • the processing procedure on the base station side includes: Step S70i: The base station sends the smi message, and does not use the control channel scheduling to indicate the traffic channel carrying the smi message for transmission.
  • Step S80i The terminal receives the smi message, and needs to blindly receive the service channel carrying the smi message.
  • k is the number of the downlink subframes available for the starting subframe in the radio frame (the TDD is sequentially numbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame), 0 ⁇ k ⁇ hl, where n represents the radio frame where the starting subframe k is located.
  • Step S802 the terminal performs demodulation once in a subframe that satisfies the starting subframe position in the period M, and demodulates the public message on the corresponding resource.
  • the transmission resource of the service channel carrying the smi message can be flexibly configured, and the terminal with the coverage enhancement requirement can receive the smi message of the base station through repeated transmission of the service channel.
  • the third embodiment still refers to FIG. 7.
  • the processing procedure on the base station side includes: Step S70i: The base station sends an sm message, and does not use the control channel scheduling to indicate the traffic channel carrying the sm message for transmission.
  • k is the number of the downlink subframes available for the start subframe in the radio frame (the TDD is sequentially numbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame), 0 ⁇ k ⁇ hl, where n indicates the radio frame where the start subframe k is located.
  • h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame
  • M represents the period of intermittent retransmission and M is now 160 ms
  • i is preferably 4.
  • the repeating subframe occupies subframes 4, 9 in the radio frame.
  • the base station determines the number of repetitions to be 10 times according to the coverage level.
  • the base station transmits SIB messages in a predefined frequency domain location, and transmits on the six PRBs of the center 1.4 MHz bandwidth.
  • the repeated 10 subframes transmit the same SIB message, and these subframes are all in the predefined center 1.4MHz bandwidth.
  • the 6 PRBs transmit the sm message.
  • the sm message adopts QPSK modulation mode, and the sm message is added at this time.
  • Step S702 The base station repeatedly sends the service channel carrying the sm message on the determined good resource.
  • the traffic channel completes a transmission after reaching the number of repetitions in a non-contiguous predefined subframe.
  • the processing step on the terminal side includes: Step S80i: The terminal receives the sm message, and needs to directly detect the service channel that receives the bearer sm message. The terminal satisfies the relation (k + h*n) mod M at the fixed start subframe position k as the start of one detection.
  • k is the number of the downlink subframes available for the start subframe in the radio frame (the TDD is sequentially numbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame), 0 ⁇ k ⁇ hl, where n indicates the radio frame where the start subframe k is located.
  • h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, M represents the period of intermittent retransmission and M is now 160 ms, and i is preferably 4.
  • the terminal determines that the sm message is repeatedly transmitted 10 times according to the coverage level, and therefore needs to perform 10 combined reception processes.
  • the terminal performs detection combining in subframes 4, 9 in the radio frame. At the same time, the terminal performs four intermittent cycles of attempted decoding.
  • Step S802 The terminal performs demodulation once in a subframe that satisfies the starting subframe position in 4 periods M, and demodulates the public message on the corresponding resource.
  • the transmission resource of the service channel carrying the sm message can be flexibly configured, and the terminal with the coverage enhancement requirement can receive the sm message of the base station through repeated transmission of the service channel.
  • the preferred embodiment 4 is still referring to FIG. 7.
  • the processing procedure on the base station side includes: Step S70i: The base station sends an smi message, and simultaneously uses a control channel scheduling to indicate a traffic channel carrying the smi message for transmission.
  • the starting subframe position is independently configured as subframe 5 of the even radio frame.
  • the base station side sends a control channel for scheduling the traffic channel before transmitting the service subframe carrying the smi message.
  • Step S702 The base station sends a traffic channel carrying the smi message according to the resource scheduled by the control channel.
  • the traffic channel performs a periodic repeat transmission within the period M1. Still referring to FIG.
  • Step S80i The terminal receives the smi message, and first needs to blindly check the control channel indicating the traffic channel carrying the smi message.
  • the terminal blindly detects the repeatedly transmitted control channel, uses the same candidate set for the combined reception and demodulation at the same aggregation level, and performs CRC descrambling verification using the M-SI-RNTI to obtain corresponding control information when the determination is correct.
  • Receiving, according to the content of the control information, the smi message in the corresponding frequency domain position, and receiving the smi message may perform the subframe 5 combined reception processing of the even radio frame in the M1 period, or attempt decoding of the non-merging demodulation in the period M1, that is, Attempts to decode 4 smi cycles.
  • Step S802 the terminal performs demodulation once in the period M1, and demodulates the public message on the corresponding resource.
  • the control channel is configured to indicate the traffic channel carrying the smi message, but the corresponding smi message is obtained by periodic merge decoding or multiple cycle attempts to ensure that the terminal with the coverage enhancement requirement receives the smi message of the base station.
  • the processing procedure on the base station side includes: Step S701: The base station sends a RAR message, and does not use the control channel scheduling to indicate the traffic channel carrying the RAR message for transmission.
  • the base station determines the number of repetitions as 10 times according to the Preamble sent by the UE.
  • the base station transmits RAR messages in a predefined frequency domain location and transmits them on two PRBs in the center 1.4 MHz bandwidth.
  • Step S702 The base station repeatedly sends the service channel carrying the RAR message on the determined good resource.
  • the traffic channel completes the transmission after reaching the number of repetitions in consecutive subframes.
  • the processing step on the terminal side includes: Step S801: The terminal receives the RAR message, and needs to directly detect the service channel that receives the RAR message.
  • the terminal determines that the RAR message is repeatedly transmitted 10 times according to the Preamble, and therefore needs to perform 10 combined reception processes.
  • the terminal performs detection and combining in consecutive 10 subframes after the start subframe. Blind detection and combining are performed in the frequency domain, and each aggregation level is combined and received according to the same candidate set. According to the RNTI check on the CRC of the RAR message, the RAR message to be received is obtained, otherwise it is considered that the corresponding RAR message is not received.
  • the Paging message adopts a QPSK modulation mode, and the CRC information added by the Paging message is scrambled by the MP-RNTI.
  • Step S702 the base station repeatedly sends the service channel carrying the Paging message on the determined good resource.
  • the traffic channel completes a transmission after reaching the number of repetitions in a non-contiguous predefined subframe.
  • the processing steps on the terminal side include: Step S801: The terminal receives the Paging message, and needs to blindly receive the service channel carrying the Paging message.
  • the technical solution of the present invention can reduce the control information overhead in the LTE system, improve the transmission efficiency of the public message, improve the coverage performance of the deployment in the coverage enhancement environment of the terminal device, and ensure the normal communication of the terminal device.
  • Industrial Applicability the base station determines the location of the time-frequency resource for transmitting the public message according to the coverage level, and transmits the public message by using the time-frequency resource location, where the public message is carried on the service channel, and the method is solved. None of the related art causes a problem caused by a method of transmitting a public message in an overlay enhanced scenario, thereby providing a method for transmitting a public message in an overlay enhanced scenario.
  • modules or steps of the present invention can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device, which can be concentrated on a single computing device or distributed over a network composed of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device, such that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device, or they may be separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or they may be Multiple modules or steps are made into a single integrated circuit module.
  • the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
  • the above is only the preferred embodiment of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the present invention, and various modifications and changes can be made to the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and scope of the present invention are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

Abstract

Disclosed are a method and device for sending a public message, a method and device for receiving a public message, and a system for transmitting a public message. The method for sending a public message comprises: a base station determining a time-frequency resource position for sending a public message according to a coverage level; and sending the public message via the time-frequency resource position, wherein the public message is borne on a service channel. By means of the present invention, the problem due to the fact that there is not a method for transmitting a public message in a coverage enhancement scenario in the related art is solved, thereby providing a method for transmitting the public message in the coverage enhancement scenario.

Description

公有消息发送、 接收方法、 装置及系统 技术领域 本发明涉及通信领域, 具体而言, 涉及一种公有消息发送方法、 装置, 公有消息 接收方法、 装置及公有消息传输系统。 背景技术 机器类型通信 (Machine Type Communication, 简称为 MTC ) 用户设备 (User Equipment, 简称为 UE, 又称为用户终端), 又称为机器到机器 (Machine to Machine, 简称为 M2M)用户通信设备, 是目前物联网的主要应用形式。 近年来, 由于长期演进 ( Long-Term Evolution , 简称为 LTE ) /高级长期演进系统 (Long-Term Evolution Advance, 简称为 LTE-Advance或 LTE-A) 的频谱效率高, 越来越多的移动运营商选 择 LTE/LTE-A作为宽带无线通信系统的演进方向。基于 LTE/LTE-A的 MTC多种类数 据业务也将更具吸引力。 现有的 LTE/LTE-A系统是基于每个子帧动态调度进行传输的, 即每个子帧均可以 传输不同的控制信道, 其帧结构如图 1和图 2所示。 图 1是根据相关技术的频分双工 (Frequency Division Duplexing, 简称为 FDD) 模式的帧结构的示意图, 如图 1所示, 一个 10ms的无线帧由二十个长度为 0.5ms, 编 号 0~19的时隙 (slot) 组成, 时隙 2i和 2i+l组成长度为 lms的子帧 (subframe) i, i 为 0或自然数。 图 2是根据相关技术的时分双工(Time Division Duplexing, 简称为 TDD)模式的 帧结构的示意图,如图 2所示,一个 10ms的无线帧由两个长为 5ms的半帧(half frame) 组成, 一个半帧包括 5个长度为 lms的子帧, 子帧 i定义为 2个长为 0.5ms的时隙 2i 和 2i+l。  The present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a public message transmitting method and apparatus, a public message receiving method, a device, and a public message transmitting system. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Machine Type Communication (referred to as MTC) User Equipment (User Equipment, also referred to as UE, also referred to as user terminal), also known as Machine to Machine (M2M) user communication equipment, It is currently the main application form of the Internet of Things. In recent years, due to the high spectrum efficiency of Long-Term Evolution (LTE)/Long-Term Evolution Advance (LTE-Advance or LTE-A), more and more mobile operations The LTE/LTE-A is selected as the evolution direction of the broadband wireless communication system. MTC multi-class data services based on LTE/LTE-A will also be more attractive. The existing LTE/LTE-A system is based on dynamic scheduling of each subframe, that is, each subframe can transmit different control channels, and its frame structure is as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2. 1 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) mode according to the related art. As shown in FIG. 1, a 10 ms radio frame is composed of twenty lengths of 0.5 ms, number 0~ The slot of 19 is composed, and the slots 2i and 2i+1 form a subframe of length lms i, i is 0 or a natural number. 2 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) mode according to the related art. As shown in FIG. 2, a 10 ms radio frame consists of two half frames of 5 ms length. Composition, one field includes five subframes of length lms, and subframe i is defined as two slots 2i and 2i+1 that are 0.5 ms long.
LTE/LTE-A中定义了物理下行控制信道 (Physical Downlink Control Channel, 简 称为 PDCCH)。 其中, 物理控制格式指示信道 (Physical Control Format Indicator Channel, 简称为 PCFICH) 承载的信息用于指示在一个子帧里传输 PDCCH的正交频 分复用 (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, 简称为 OFDM)符号的数目。 物 理混合 ARQ指示信道 (Physical Hybrid-ARQ Indicator Channel, 简称为 PHICH)用于 承载上行传输数据的肯定应答 /否定应答 (ACK/NACK) 反馈信息, 其中, ARQ 为自 动重传请求 (Automatic Repeat-reQuest) 的缩写。 A physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH for short) is defined in LTE/LTE-A. The information carried by the Physical Control Format Indicator Channel (PCFICH) is used to indicate the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol of the PDCCH transmitted in one subframe. number. Physical Hybrid-ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH for short) is used for Acknowledgment/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) feedback information carrying uplink transmission data, where ARQ is an abbreviation of Automatic Repeat-reQuest.
PDCCH用于承载下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information, 简称为 DCI), 包 括: 上、 下行调度信息, 以及上行功率控制信息。 通常 MTC终端可以通过在每个子帧解调 PDCCH信道获得 DCI,以便实现对物理 下行共享信道 (Physical Downlink Share Channel, 简称为 PDSCH)和物理上行共享信 道 (Physical Uplink Share Channel, 简称为 PUSCH) 的解调。 The PDCCH is used to carry downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI for short), and includes: uplink and downlink scheduling information, and uplink power control information. Generally, the MTC terminal can obtain the DCI by demodulating the PDCCH channel in each subframe, so as to implement a solution to the Physical Downlink Share Channel (PDSCH) and the Physical Uplink Share Channel (PUSCH). Tune.
PDSCH上承载的消息分为公有消息和用户专有消息,对于公有消息通常是一个小 区内多个 UE可以同时接收的, 而用户专有消息通常只能是一个小区内一个 UE进行 接收。并且无论 PDSCH承载的是公有消息还是用户专用消息,都需要 PDCCH进行调 度指示, 即终端必须先正确接收 PDCCH之后, 才能够接收 PDSCH。 本发明的发明人在研究过程中发现, 在实际应用中, 有一类终端由于所处位置或 自身特性受限从而导致覆盖性能显著下降。 例如, 智能抄表类 MTC终端大多固定安 装在地下室等低覆盖性能环境下, 其主要发送小包数据, 对数据速率的要求低, 能够 容忍较大的数据传输时延。 由于此类终端对数据速率要求低, 对于数据信道而言, 可 以通过更低的调制编码速率以及时域上的多次重复发送等方式来保证小包数据的正确 传输, 对于同步信道本身发送的就是相同的信息, 终端通过接收多个子帧发送的相同 信息即可。 因此在覆盖受限的场景下, 业务信道和控制信道都需要重复传输来提升覆 盖。 对于承载公有消息的业务信道重复传输, 需要在公有搜索空间中的控制信道重复 来调度指示, 而目前公有搜索空间较小,对于大量的重复传输会导致阻塞率大大提升, 从而使得系统无法工作。 因此, 有必要提供一种在覆盖增强的场景下如何传输公有消 息的方法。 针对相关技术中没有一种在覆盖增强的场景下传输公有消息的方法所导致的问 题, 目前尚未提出有效的解决方案。 发明内容 本发明实施例提供了一种公有消息发送方法、 装置和公有消息接收方法、 装置及 公有消息传输系统, 以至少解决相关技术中没有一种在覆盖增强的场景下传输公有消 息的方法所导致的问题。 根据本发明实施例的一个方面, 提供了一种公有消息发送方法, 包括: 基站根据 覆盖等级, 确定发送公有消息的时频资源位置; 通过所述时频资源位置发送所述公有 消息, 其中, 所述公有消息承载在业务信道上。 优选地, 所述业务信道在所述时频资源位置重复发送, 其中, 所述业务信道的重 复发送次数通过以下至少之一的方式确定: 承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道的重复发送次数不同于以小区无线网络临时标 识 (C-RNTI) 加扰的控制信道所调度的业务信道的重复发送次数; 承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道的重复发送次数相同; 根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 确定对应的所述业务信道的重复发送次数; 其中, 所述公有消息包括以下至少之一: 系统信息块(sm)消息、 随机接入响应The message carried on the PDSCH is divided into a public message and a user-specific message. For a public message, a plurality of UEs in a cell can be simultaneously received, and a user-specific message can only be received by one UE in a cell. And whether the PDSCH carries a public message or a user-specific message, the PDCCH is required to perform a scheduling indication, that is, the terminal must receive the PDCCH correctly before receiving the PDSCH. The inventors of the present invention found in the course of research that, in practical applications, there is a class of terminals whose coverage performance is significantly degraded due to the limited location or self-characteristics. For example, smart meter reading MTC terminals are mostly installed in a low coverage performance environment such as a basement. They mainly send packet data, have low data rate requirements, and can tolerate large data transmission delays. Since such a terminal has low data rate requirements, for the data channel, the correct transmission of the packet data can be ensured by a lower modulation and coding rate and multiple repetitions in the time domain, and the synchronization channel itself transmits The same information, the terminal can receive the same information sent by multiple subframes. Therefore, in a scenario where coverage is limited, both the traffic channel and the control channel need to be repeatedly transmitted to improve coverage. For the repeated transmission of the traffic channel carrying the public message, the control channel in the public search space needs to be repeated to schedule the indication. However, the public search space is small at present, and the blocking rate is greatly increased for a large number of repeated transmissions, thereby making the system inoperable. Therefore, it is necessary to provide a method of how to transmit public messages in an overlay enhanced scenario. There is no effective solution for the problem caused by the method of transmitting a public message in a coverage-enhanced scenario in the related art. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Embodiments of the present invention provide a public message sending method, a device, a public message receiving method, a device, and a public message transmission system, to at least solve a method for transmitting a public message in a coverage enhanced scenario in the related art. The problem caused. According to an aspect of the present invention, a public message sending method is provided, including: determining, by a base station, a time-frequency resource location for transmitting a public message according to a coverage level; and transmitting, by using the time-frequency resource location, the public message, where The public message is carried on a traffic channel. Preferably, the traffic channel is repeatedly transmitted at the time-frequency resource location, where the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel is determined by at least one of the following: the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the public message Different from the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel scheduled by the control channel scrambled by the Cell Radio Network Temporary Identity (C-RNTI); the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is the same; Determining the number of repeated transmissions of the corresponding service channel, where the public message includes at least one of the following: a system information block (sm) message, a random access response
(RAR) 消息、 寻呼 (Paging) 消息。 优选地, 根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 确定对应的所述业务信道的重复发送 次数包括以下至少之一: 根据广播信道的重复发送次数、 所述基站的最大覆盖等级、 所述 sm消息的周期 配置或者第一预定义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道 的重复发送次数; 根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、 所述基站的最大覆盖等级、 所述用户设 备的覆盖等级或者第二预定义值之中的至少一种方式,确定承载所述 RAR消息的所述 业务信道的重复发送次数; 根据所述用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、 所述基站的最大覆盖等级、 所述用 户设备的覆盖等级、 无线资源控制层 (RRC) 信令或者第三预定义值之中的至少一种 方式, 确定承载所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的重复发送次数。 优选地, 根据所述用户设备在随机接入中发送的所述前导, 确定承载所述 RAR 消息或所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的重复发送次数包括: 根据所述前导的时频资 源或者所述前导的序列, 确定承载所述 RAR消息或所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道 的重复发送次数。 优选地, 承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道根据预设周期间歇重复发送, 其中, 所述预设周期为固定时长的周期或者根据第四预定义值配置的一组时长的周期。 优选地,承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道在所述预设周期中进行一次重复发送, 且所述一次重复发送位于一个或者多个 sm周期中。 优选地, 承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道呈非周期性重复发送。 优选地, 承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道在无控制信道调度指示的情况下, 通 过以下至少之一的方式确定用于重复发送所述业务信道的频域资源: 在频域聚合等级中, 确定所述频域资源占用的物理资源块(PRB )资源中 PRB的 数目, 其中, 在所述频域资源上采用二进制移相键控(BPSK)调制或者正交相移键控 (QPSK)调制, 并分别通过第一无线网络临时标识(RNTI)、第二 RNTI和第三 RNTI 加扰所述公有消息对应的循环冗余校验 (CRC) 比特; 其中, 所述第一 RNTI包括取 值不同的 SI-RNTI和 M-SI-RNTI, 用于所述 SIB消息对应的 CRC比特的加扰; 所述 第二 RNTI包括取值不同的 P-RNTI和 M-P-RNTI, 用于所述 Paging消息对应的 CRC 比特的加扰;所述第三 RNTI包括取值不同的 RA-RNTI和 M-RA-RNTI,用于所述 RAR 消息对应的 CRC比特的加扰; 根据 RRC信令的指示, 确定所述频域资源占用的所述 PRB资源; 根据第五预定义值, 确定所述频域资源占用的所述 PRB资源。 优选地, 所述 PRB资源的起始位置通过以下之一的方式确定: 确定所述 PRB资源中编号最小的 PRB资源为所述起始位置; 确定所述 PRB资源中编号最大的 PRB资源为所述起始位置; 根据公式^^ + 11^^^ "」^'确定所述 PRB资源的所述起始位置; 其中, L 表示聚合等级; Yk = ! 或 = A · k · SFN · " n dD; m = i,2,..„ M (L) . M (L) 表示聚合等级 L对应的候选集数量; ^表示子帧号为 k的子帧上用于无控制传输 时承载公有消息的业务信道占用的 PRB总数; D表示常数 65537; A表示常数 39827; k表示子帧号; i=0, ..., L-1表示一个聚合等级对应的搜索单位; nRNTI表示加扰 CRC 比特的 RNTI取值, SFN表示无线帧号, mod表示取模运算。 优选地,在根据 RRC信令的指示或根据第五预定义值,确定所述频域资源占用的 所述 RPB资源的情况下,所述 PRB资源为连续或离散的 PRB资源,且所述 RPB资源 的 PRB数目小于或等于 6。 优选地, 确定承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道在传输所述业务信道的子帧内的 起始位置为第 3个正交频分复用 (OFDM) 符号, 或者, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载 所述公有消息的所述业务信道在所述子帧内的起始符号。 优选地, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道在所述子帧内 的所述起始符号包括以下之一的方式: 在所述系统带宽为 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定所 述子帧的第 5个 OFDM符号为所述起始符号;在所述系统带宽大于 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定所述子帧的第 4个 OFDM符号为所述起始符号。 优选地, 承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道在较大覆盖等级的情况下所占用的时 频资源位置包含较小覆盖等级的情况下所占用的时频资源位置。 优选地, 用于传输所述业务信道的所述子帧的起始位置通过以下方式之一确定: 根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 采用第六预定义值确定所述子帧的起始位置; 根据 κ值确定用于传输承载所述 sm 消息的所述业务信道的所述子帧的起始位 置, 其中, 所述 K值满足关系式(K + h*n) mod M=i, 其中 K表示处于起始位置的子 帧在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 K h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的 无线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧的数量, M表示间歇重复传输的周期, 0^i^h-l , 其中, 在时分双工 (TDD) 系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺 序编号; 根据 L值确定用于传输承载所述 RAR消息或所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的 所述子帧的起始位置, 其中, 所述 L值满足关系式 (L + h*n) mod N=j。 其中 L表示 处于起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 L h-l, n表示处于起始 位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, N表示重复 传输次数, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD 系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺 序编号; 根据 H值确定用于传输承载所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的所述子帧的起始位 置, 其中, 所述 H值满足关系式 (H + h*n) mod T=j。 其中 H表示处于起始位置的子 帧在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 H h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的 无线帧, h 为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, T 表示重复传输的周期, 0 j ^h-l , 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 根据随机接入中的前导的序列所在的子帧、 所述序列的类型、 所述前导所对应的 所述基站的覆盖等级或者第七预定义值之中的一种方式,确定用于传输承载所述 RAR 消息的所述业务信道的所述子帧的起始位置。 优选地, 根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 确定所述子帧的位置包括以下至少之 (RAR) message, paging (Paging) message. Preferably, determining, according to the type of the public message to be carried, the number of repeated transmissions of the corresponding service channel includes at least one of: a number of repeated transmissions according to a broadcast channel, a maximum coverage level of the base station, and the sm message. Determining the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the sm message according to at least one of a periodic configuration or a first predefined value; according to a preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the maximum of the base station Determining, according to at least one of a coverage level, a coverage level of the user equipment, or a second predefined value, a number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message; according to the user equipment being in random access Determining, by the transmitted preamble, the maximum coverage level of the base station, the coverage level of the user equipment, the radio resource control layer (RRC) signaling, or the third predefined value, determining the bearer message The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel. Preferably, determining, according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message comprises: according to the preamble time-frequency resource or The sequence of preambles determines a number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is intermittently repeatedly transmitted according to a preset period, where the preset period is a period of a fixed duration or a period of a group of durations configured according to a fourth predefined value. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is repeatedly transmitted in the preset period, and the one-time repeated transmission is located in one or more sm periods. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is sent in a non-periodic manner. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the public message, in the case of no control channel scheduling indication, determining a frequency domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel by using at least one of: in a frequency domain aggregation level Determining a number of PRBs in a physical resource block (PRB) resource occupied by the frequency domain resource, where binary phase shift keying (BPSK) modulation or quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) is adopted on the frequency domain resource Modulating, and scrambling a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) bit corresponding to the public message by using a first radio network temporary identifier (RNTI), a second RNTI, and a third RNTI, where the first RNTI includes a value Different SI-RNTIs and M-SI-RNTIs are used for scrambling CRC bits corresponding to the SIB messages; the second RNTIs include P-RNTIs and MP-RNTIs with different values for the Paging message. Corresponding CRC bit scrambling; the third RNTI includes RA-RNTI and M-RA-RNTI with different values for scrambling of CRC bits corresponding to the RAR message; determining according to an indication of RRC signaling The PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource; Five predefined values, determining the frequency-domain resources of the PRB resources occupied. Preferably, the starting position of the PRB resource is determined by one of the following methods: determining that the PRB resource with the smallest number among the PRB resources is the starting location; determining that the PRB resource with the largest number among the PRB resources is the Determining a starting position; determining the starting position of the PRB resource according to a formula ^^ + 11 ^^^ ""^'; wherein L represents an aggregation level; Y k = ! Or = A · k · SFN · " n dD; m = i, 2 , .. M M (L) . M (L) represents the number of candidate sets corresponding to the aggregation level L; ^ represents the subframe with the subframe number k The total number of PRBs occupied by the traffic channel carrying the public message when there is no control transmission; D is the constant 65537; A is the constant 39827; k is the subframe number; i=0, ..., L-1 is an aggregation level The search unit; nRNTI indicates the value of the RNTI that scrambles the CRC bits, SFN indicates the radio frame number, and mod indicates the modulo operation. Preferably, in the case that the RPB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource is determined according to an indication of RRC signaling or according to a fifth predefined value, the PRB resource is a continuous or discrete PRB resource, and the RPB The number of PRBs of resources is less than or equal to 6. Preferably, determining that the traffic channel carrying the public message is in a subframe within a subframe in which the traffic channel is transmitted is a third orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, or, according to a bandwidth of the system, Determining a start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message within the subframe. Preferably, determining, according to a bandwidth of the system, a manner in which the start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe includes one of: in a case where the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, Determining that the fifth OFDM symbol of the subframe is the start symbol; and if the system bandwidth is greater than 1.4 MHz, determining that the fourth OFDM symbol of the subframe is the start symbol. Preferably, the time-frequency resource location occupied by the traffic channel carrying the sm message in the case of a larger coverage level includes a time-frequency resource location occupied by a smaller coverage level. Preferably, the starting position of the subframe used for transmitting the traffic channel is determined by one of the following manners: determining, according to a type of the public message of the bearer, a start of the subframe by using a sixth predefined value a location; determining, according to the κ value, a starting location of the subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the sm message, where the K value satisfies a relationship (K + h*n) mod M=i, Where K represents the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 K hl, n represents the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame. The number of subframes, M represents the period of intermittent repeated transmission, 0^i^hl, where, in the time division duplex (TDD) system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are renumbered sequentially; the transmission is determined according to the L value. And a start position of the subframe of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message, where the L value satisfies a relationship (L + h*n) mod N=j. Where L represents the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 L hl, n represents the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame. The number of subframes, where N is the number of repeated transmissions, 0 j hl, where the downlink subframes are renumbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame; and the traffic channel for transmitting the Paging message is determined according to the H value. The starting position of the subframe, wherein the H value satisfies the relationship (H + h*n) mod T=j. Where H is the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 H hl, n is the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame. The number of subframes, T represents the period of repeated transmission, 0 j ^hl , where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-ordered sequentially; Determining for the transmission bearer according to one of a subframe in which the sequence of the preamble in the random access is located, a type of the sequence, a coverage level of the base station corresponding to the preamble, or a seventh predefined value The starting position of the subframe of the traffic channel of the RAR message. Preferably, determining, according to the type of the public message that is carried, the location of the subframe includes at least the following
确定用于传输承载所述 RAR消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用连续的方式发送; 确定用于传输承载所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用离散选择的方式发 送; 确定用于传输承载所述 sm 消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方式发 送。 优选地, 在确定用于传输承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用周期重复 的方式发送的情况下,调度所述业务信道的控制信道采用相同的周期重复的方式发送。 优选地, 在承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道采用周期重复发送的情况下, 用于 重复发送所述业务信道的多个子帧上承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道的频域资源相 同。 优选地, 在承载有所述公有消息的所述业务信道有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 在用于重复发送所述业务信道的多个子帧上, 承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道对应 的控制信道占用的资源大小相同。 优选地, 根据所述基站的最大覆盖等级或者对应的所述业务信道承载的所述公有 消息的类型, 确定所述控制信道的重复发送次数。 优选地, 在承载有所述公有消息的所述业务信道有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 承载所述 SIB消息的业务信道对应的控制信道使用 M-SI-RNTI或者 SI-RNTI加扰 CRC 比特, 其中, 所述 M-SI-RNTI的取值不同于所述 SI-RNTI的取值。 优选地, 使用所述 M-SI-RNTI加扰的物理下行控制信道与所述物理下行控制信道 调度的物理下行业务信道在相同子帧或者不同子帧中传输。 根据本发明的另一个方面, 还提供了一种公有消息接收方法, 包括: 用户设备根 据覆盖等级, 在特定的时频资源位置接收公有消息, 其中, 所述特定的时频资源位置 是由网络侧确定的, 所述公有消息承载在业务信道上。 优选地, 所述业务信道在所述特定的时频资源位置重复接收, 其中, 所述业务信 道的重复次数通过以下至少之一的方式确定: 承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道的重复次数不同于以小区无线网络临时标识 (C-RNTI) 加扰的控制信道所调度的业务信道的重复次数; 承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道的重复次数相同; 根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 确定对应的所述业务信道的重复次数。 其中, 所述公有消息包括以下至少之一: 系统信息块(sm)消息、 随机接入响应Determining that a subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the RAR message is sent in a continuous manner; determining that a subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the Paging message is sent by using a discrete selection manner; The subframe in which the traffic channel carrying the sm message is transmitted is transmitted in a cyclically repeated manner. Preferably, in a case where it is determined that the subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the sm message is transmitted in a cyclically repeated manner, the control channel scheduling the traffic channel is transmitted in the same periodic repetition manner. Preferably, in the case that the traffic channel carrying the public message is periodically transmitted repeatedly, the frequency domain resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message on multiple subframes for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel are the same. . Preferably, in a case where the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, on a plurality of subframes for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel, the traffic channel carrying the public message corresponds to The control channel occupies the same amount of resources. Preferably, the number of repeated transmissions of the control channel is determined according to a maximum coverage level of the base station or a type of the public message carried by the corresponding traffic channel. Preferably, if the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the SIB message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC bit. The value of the M-SI-RNTI is different from the value of the SI-RNTI. Preferably, the physical downlink control channel scrambled by using the M-SI-RNTI and the physical downlink traffic channel scheduled by the physical downlink control channel are transmitted in the same subframe or different subframes. According to another aspect of the present invention, a method for receiving a public message is provided, including: receiving, by a user equipment, a public message at a specific time-frequency resource location according to a coverage level, where the specific time-frequency resource location is a network Determined by the side, the public message is carried on a traffic channel. Preferably, the traffic channel is repeatedly received at the specific time-frequency resource location, where the number of repetitions of the traffic channel is determined by at least one of the following: the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message Different from the number of repetitions of the traffic channel scheduled by the control channel scrambled by the Cell Radio Network Temporary Identity (C-RNTI); the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is the same; according to the public message of the bearer Type, determining the number of repetitions of the corresponding traffic channel. The public message includes at least one of the following: a system information block (sm) message, a random access response
(RAR) 消息、 寻呼 (Paging) 消息。 优选地, 根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 确定对应的所述业务信道的重复次数 包括以下至少之一: 根据广播信道的重复次数、 最大覆盖等级、 所述 sm消息的周期配置或者第一预 定义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道的重复次数; 根据所述用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、 所述基站的最大覆盖等级、 所述用 户设备的覆盖等级或者第二预定义值之中的至少一种方式,确定承载所述 RAR消息的 所述业务信道的重复次数; 根据所述用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、 所述基站的最大覆盖等级、 所述用 户设备的覆盖等级、 无线资源控制层 (RRC) 信令或者第三预定义值之中的至少一种 方式, 确定承载所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的重复次数。 优选地, 根据所述用户设备在随机接入中发送的所述前导, 确定承载所述 RAR 消息或所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的重复次数包括: 根据所述前导的时频资源或者所述前导的序列, 确定承载所述 RAR 消息或所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的重复次数。 优选地, 承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道根据预设周期间歇重复接收, 其中, 所述预设周期为固定时长的周期或者根据第四预定义值配置的一组时长的周期。 优选地,承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道在所述预设周期中进行一次重复接收, 且所述一次重复接收位于一个或者多个 sm周期中。 优选地, 在承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道呈非周期性重复的情况下, 在所述 特定的时频资源位置接收所述公有消息包括: 通过盲检测确定承载所述 sm消息的所 述业务信道。 优选地, 所述方法还包括: 所述用户设备对承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道进 行多个 sm周期尝试解码。 优选地, 承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道在无控制信道调度指示的情况下, 通 过以下至少之一的方式确定用于重复接收所述业务信道的频域资源: 在频域聚合等级中, 盲检所述频域资源占用的物理资源块(PRB )资源中 PRB的 数目, 其中, 在所述频域资源上采用二进制移相键控(BPSK)解调或者正交相移键控 (QPSK)解调, 并分别通过第一无线网络临时标识(RNTI)、第二 RNTI和第三 RNTI 解扰所述公有消息对应的循环冗余校验 (CRC) 比特; 其中, 所述第一 RNTI包括取 值不同的 SI-RNTI和 M-SI-RNTI, 用于所述 SIB消息对应的 CRC比特的解扰; 所述 第二 RNTI包括取值不同的 P-RNTI和 M-P-RNTI, 用于所述 Paging消息对应的 CRC 比特的解扰;所述第三 RNTI包括取值不同的 RA-RNTI和 M-RA-RNTI,用于所述 RAR 消息对应的 CRC比特的解扰; 根据 RRC信令的指示, 确定所述频域资源占用的所述 PRB资源; 根据第五预定义值, 确定所述频域资源占用的所述 PRB资源。 优选地, 所述 PRB资源的起始位置通过以下之一的方式确定: 确定所述 PRB资源中编号最小的 PRB资源为所述起始位置; 确定所述 PRB资源中编号最大的 PRB资源为所述起始位置; 根据公式^^ ^^^^ ^^确定所述!^!^资源的所述起始位置, 其中, L 聚合等级; = 04'" 77 ) 111(^或 = (^ ^^ . ¾^ ) 111。(11); m = i,2,..„ M L) . M (L)表示 聚合等级 L对应的候选集数量; ^表示子帧号为 k的子帧上用于无控制传输时承 载公有消息的业务信道占用的 PRB总数; D表示常数 65537; A表示常数 39827; k 表示子帧号; i=0, ..., L-1表示一个聚合等级对应的搜索单位; nRNTI表示加扰 CRC 比特的 RNTI取值, SFN表示无线帧号, mod表示取模运算。 优选地,在根据 RRC信令的指示或根据第五预定义值,确定所述频域资源占用的 所述 RPB资源的情况下,所述 PRB资源为连续或离散的 PRB资源,且所述 RPB资源 的 PRB数目小于或等于 6。 优选地, 确定承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道在传输所述业务信道的子帧内的 起始位置为第 3个正交频分复用 (OFDM) 符号, 或者, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载 所述公有消息的所述业务信道在所述子帧内的起始符号。 优选地, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道在所述子帧内 的所述起始符号包括以下之一的方式: 在所述系统带宽为 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定所 述子帧的第 5个 OFDM符号为所述起始符号;在所述系统带宽大于 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定所述子帧的第 4个 OFDM符号为所述起始符号。 优选地, 承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道在较大覆盖等级的情况下所占用的特 定的时频资源位置包含较小覆盖等级的情况下所占用的特定的时频资源位置。 优选地, 用于接收所述业务信道的所述子帧的起始位置通过以下方式之一确定: 根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 采用第六预定义值确定所述子帧的起始位置。 根据 κ值确定用于传输承载所述 sm 消息的所述业务信道的所述子帧的起始位 置, 其中, 所述 K值满足关系式(K + h*n) mod M=i, 其中 K表示处于起始位置的子 帧在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 K h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的 无线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧的数量, M表示间歇重复传输的周期, 0^i^h-l , 其中, 在时分双工 (TDD) 系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺 序编号; 根据 L值确定用于传输承载所述 RAR消息或所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的 所述子帧的起始位置, 其中, 所述 L值满足关系式 (L + h*n) mod N=j。 其中 L表示 处于起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 L h-l, n表示处于起始 位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, N表示重复 传输次数, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD 系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺 序编号; 根据 H值确定用于传输承载所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的所述子帧的起始位 置, 其中, 所述 H值满足关系式 (H + h*n) mod T=j。 其中 H表示处于起始位置的子 帧在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 H h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的 无线帧, h 为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, T 表示重复传输的周期, 0 j ^h-l , 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 根据随机接入中的前导的序列所在的子帧、 所述序列的类型、 所述前导所对应的 所述基站的覆盖等级或者第七预定义值之中的一种方式,确定用于接收承载所述 RAR 消息的所述业务信道的所述子帧的起始位置。 优选地, 根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 确定所述子帧的位置包括以下至少之 (RAR) message, paging (Paging) message. Preferably, determining, according to the type of the public message to be carried, the number of repetitions of the corresponding service channel includes at least one of: a repetition period of a broadcast channel, a maximum coverage level, a periodic configuration of the sm message, or a first Determining the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the sm message according to at least one of the predefined values; according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the maximum coverage level of the base station, Determining the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message according to at least one of a coverage level of the user equipment or a second predefined value; according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, Determining a repetition of the traffic channel carrying the Paging message by at least one of a maximum coverage level of the base station, a coverage level of the user equipment, a Radio Resource Control Layer (RRC) signaling, or a third predefined value frequency. Preferably, determining, according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message comprises: according to the time-frequency resource or the preamble of the preamble The preamble sequence determines the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is intermittently repeatedly received according to a preset period, where the preset period is a period of a fixed duration or a period of a group of durations configured according to a fourth predefined value. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is repeatedly received in the preset period, and the one-time repeated reception is located in one or more sm periods. Preferably, in the case that the traffic channel carrying the sm message is aperiodicly repeated, receiving the public message at the specific time-frequency resource location comprises: determining, by using blind detection, the device carrying the sm message Said traffic channel. Preferably, the method further includes: the user equipment performing a plurality of sm period attempts to decode the traffic channel carrying the sm message. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the public message, in the case of no control channel scheduling indication, determines a frequency domain resource for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel by using at least one of: in a frequency domain aggregation level And blindly detecting the number of PRBs in the physical resource block (PRB) resource occupied by the frequency domain resource, where binary phase shift keying (BPSK) demodulation or quadrature phase shift keying is used on the frequency domain resource ( Demodulating, and descrambling a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) bit corresponding to the public message by using a first radio network temporary identifier (RNTI), a second RNTI, and a third RNTI, where the first RNTI The SI-RNTI and the M-SI-RNTI with different values are used for descrambling the CRC bits corresponding to the SIB message. The second RNTI includes P-RNTIs and MP-RNTIs with different values. The descrambling of the CRC bit corresponding to the Paging message; the third RNTI includes RA-RNTI and M-RA-RNTI with different values for descrambling of CRC bits corresponding to the RAR message; Instructing to determine the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource; Five predefined values, determining the frequency-domain resources of the PRB resources occupied. Preferably, the starting position of the PRB resource is determined by one of the following methods: determining that the PRB resource with the smallest number among the PRB resources is the starting location; determining that the PRB resource with the largest number among the PRB resources is the Said starting position; determined according to the formula ^^ ^^^^ ^^! ^! ^ The starting position of the resource, where L is the aggregation level; = 0 4 '" 77 ) 111 . ( ^ or = ( ^ ^^ . 3⁄4 ^ ) 111. (11); m = i, 2,.. „ M L) . M (L) denotes the number of candidate sets corresponding to the aggregation level L; ^ denotes the total number of PRBs occupied by the traffic channel carrying the public message for the uncontrolled transmission on the subframe with the subframe number k; D denotes a constant 65537; A represents a constant 39827; k represents a subframe number; i=0, ..., L-1 represents a search unit corresponding to an aggregation level; nRNTI represents a RNTI value of a scrambled CRC bit, and SFN represents a radio frame number, Mod represents the modulo operation. Preferably, in the case that the RPB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource is determined according to an indication of RRC signaling or according to a fifth predefined value, the PRB resource is a continuous or discrete PRB resource, and the RPB The number of PRBs of resources is less than or equal to 6. Preferably, determining that the traffic channel carrying the public message is in a subframe within a subframe in which the traffic channel is transmitted is a third orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, or, according to a bandwidth of the system, Determining a start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message within the subframe. Preferably, determining, according to a bandwidth of the system, a manner in which the start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe includes one of: in a case where the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, Determining that the fifth OFDM symbol of the subframe is the start symbol; and if the system bandwidth is greater than 1.4 MHz, determining that the fourth OFDM symbol of the subframe is the start symbol. Preferably, the specific time-frequency resource location occupied by the traffic channel carrying the sm message in the case of a larger coverage level includes a specific time-frequency resource location occupied by a smaller coverage level. Preferably, the starting position of the subframe for receiving the traffic channel is determined by one of the following manners: determining, according to a type of the public message of the bearer, a start of the subframe by using a sixth predefined value position. Determining, according to the κ value, a starting position of the subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the sm message, where the K value satisfies a relationship (K + h*n) mod M=i, where K Indicates the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 K hl, n indicates the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink subframe included in one radio frame. The number of times, M indicates the period of intermittent repeated transmission, 0^i^hl, where, in the time division duplex (TDD) system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-sequenced sequentially; the transmission carrier is determined according to the L value. Determining a starting position of the subframe of the traffic channel of the RAR message or the paging message, wherein the L value satisfies a relationship (L + h*n) mod N=j. Where L represents the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 L hl, n represents the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame. The number of subframes, where N is the number of repeated transmissions, 0 j hl, where the downlink subframes are renumbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame; and the traffic channel for transmitting the Paging message is determined according to the H value. The starting position of the subframe, wherein the H value satisfies the relationship (H + h*n) mod T=j. Where H represents the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 H hl, n represents the subframe where the starting position is located The radio frame, h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, and T is the period of repeated transmission, 0 j ^hl , where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-sequenced sequentially; Determining, for receiving the bearer, the one of the subframe in which the preamble sequence in the access is located, the type of the sequence, the coverage level of the base station corresponding to the preamble, or the seventh predefined value The starting position of the subframe of the traffic channel of the RAR message. Preferably, determining, according to the type of the public message that is carried, the location of the subframe includes at least the following
确定用于传输承载所述 RAR消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用连续的方式接收; 确定用于传输承载所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用离散选择的方式接 收; 确定用于传输承载所述 sm 消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方式接 收。 优选地, 在确定用于传输承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用周期重复 的方式接收的情况下,调度所述业务信道的控制信道采用相同的周期重复的方式接收。 优选地, 在承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道采用周期重复接收的情况下, 用于 重复接收所述业务信道的多个子帧上承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道的频域资源相 同。 优选地, 在承载有所述公有消息的所述业务信道有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 在用于重复接收所述业务信道的多个子帧上, 承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道对应 的控制信道占用的资源大小相同。 优选地,根据最大覆盖等级或者对应的所述业务信道承载的所述公有消息的类型, 确定所述控制信道的重复接收次数。 优选地, 在承载有所述公有消息的所述业务信道有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 承载所述 SIB消息的业务信道对应的控制信道使用 M-SI-RNTI或者 SI-RNTI加扰 CRC 比特, 其中, 所述 M-SI-RNTI的取值不同于所述 SI-RNTI的取值。 优选地, 使用所述 M-SI-RNTI加扰的物理下行控制信道与所述物理下行控制信道 调度的物理下行业务信道在相同子帧或者不同子帧中接收。 根据本发明的另一个方面, 还提供了一种公有消息发送装置, 位于网络侧, 所述 装置包括: 第一确定模块, 设置为根据覆盖等级, 确定发送公有消息的时频资源位置; 发送模块, 设置为通过所述时频资源位置发送所述公有消息, 其中, 所述公有消息承 载在业务信道上。 根据本发明实施例的另一个方面,还提供了一种公有消息接收装置,位于终端侧, 所述装置包括: 接收模块, 设置为根据覆盖等级, 在特定的时频资源位置接收公有消 息, 其中, 所述特定的时频资源位置是由网络侧确定的, 所述公有消息承载在业务信 道上。 根据本发明实施例的另一个方面, 还提供了一种公有消息传输系统, 包括上述的 公有消息发送装置和上述的公有消息接收装置。 通过本发明实施例,采用基站根据覆盖等级,确定发送公有消息的时频资源位置; 通过该时频资源位置发送公有消息, 其中, 该公有消息承载在业务信道上的方式, 解 决了相关技术中没有一种在覆盖增强的场景下传输公有消息的方法所导致的问题, 从 而提供了一种在覆盖增强的场景下传输公有消息的方法。 附图说明 此处所说明的附图用来提供对本发明的进一步理解, 构成本申请的一部分, 本发 明的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本发明, 并不构成对本发明的不当限定。 在附图 中: 图 1是根据相关技术的 FDD模式的帧结构的示意图; 图 2是根据相关技术的 TDD模式的帧结构的示意图; 图 3是根据本发明实施例的公有消息发送方法的流程示意图; 图 4是根据本发明实施例的公有消息发送装置的结构示意图; 图 5是根据本发明实施例的公有消息传输系统的结构示意图; 图 6a〜图 6c是根据本发明优选实施例的在覆盖等级分别为一级、 二级和三级占用 的资源的示意图; 图 7是根据本发明优选实施例的公有消息传输方法的流程示意图一; 图 8是根据本发明优选实施例的公有消息传输方法的流程示意图二。 具体实施方式 需要说明的是, 在不冲突的情况下, 本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相 互组合。 下面将参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本发明。 在附图的流程图示出的步骤可以在诸如一组计算机可执行指令的计算机系统中执 行, 并且, 虽然在流程图中示出了逻辑顺序, 但是在某些情况下, 可以以不同于此处 的顺序执行所示出或描述的步骤。 本实施例提供了一种公有消息发送方法, 图 3是根据本发明实施例的公有消息发 送方法的流程示意图, 如图 3所示, 该流程包括如下步骤: 步骤 S302, 基站根据覆盖等级, 确定发送公有消息的时频资源位置; 步骤 S304, 通过该时频资源位置发送公有消息, 其中, 该公有消息承载在业务信 道上。 通过上述步骤, 基站根据覆盖等级确定发送公有消息的时频资源位置并在确定的 时频资源位置发送公有消息, 从而提供了一种在覆盖增强的场景下传输公有消息的方 法, 进而能够解决在公有搜索空间有限的情况下对大量的重复传输导致的阻塞率提升 的问题, 保证了系统的正常、 稳定工作。 优选地, 上述的覆盖等级可以根据以下至少之一的方式确认: 预配置、 随机接入 过程中用户设备发送的前导资源或序列、 基站或用户设备发送的测量信号、 无线资源 控制层 (Radio Resource Control layer, 简称为 RRC) 信令。 优选地, 业务信道在时频资源位置重复发送, 在进行重复发送的情况下, 可以采 用多种方式确定业务信道的重复发送次数,例如采用以下至少之一的一种方式来确定: Determining that a subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the RAR message is received in a continuous manner; determining that a subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the Paging message is received in a discrete selection manner; The subframe in which the traffic channel carrying the sm message is transmitted is received in a cyclically repeating manner. Preferably, in the case that it is determined that the subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the sm message is received in a cyclically repeated manner, the control channel scheduling the traffic channel is received in the same periodic repetition manner. Preferably, in a case that the traffic channel carrying the public message adopts periodic repeated reception, the frequency domain resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message on multiple subframes for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel are the same . Preferably, in a case where the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, on a plurality of subframes for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel, the traffic channel carrying the public message corresponds to The control channel occupies the same amount of resources. Preferably, the number of repeated receptions of the control channel is determined according to a maximum coverage level or a type of the public message carried by the corresponding traffic channel. Preferably, if the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the SIB message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC bit. The value of the M-SI-RNTI is different from the value of the SI-RNTI. Preferably, the physical downlink control channel scrambled by using the M-SI-RNTI and the physical downlink traffic channel scheduled by the physical downlink control channel are received in the same subframe or different subframes. According to another aspect of the present invention, a public message sending apparatus is further disposed on the network side, where the apparatus includes: a first determining module, configured to determine, according to a coverage level, a time-frequency resource location for transmitting a public message; And sending, by the time-frequency resource location, the public message, where the public message is carried on a traffic channel. According to another aspect of the present invention, a public message receiving apparatus is further provided on a terminal side, where the apparatus includes: a receiving module, configured to receive a public message at a specific time-frequency resource location according to a coverage level, where The specific time-frequency resource location is determined by the network side, and the public message is carried on the traffic channel. According to another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, there is also provided a public message transmission system comprising the above-described public message transmitting apparatus and the above-described public message receiving apparatus. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the base station determines the location of the time-frequency resource for transmitting the public message according to the coverage level; and sends the public message by using the time-frequency resource location, where the public message is carried on the service channel, and the related art is solved. There is no problem caused by a method of transmitting a public message in an overlay enhanced scenario, thereby providing a method of transmitting a public message in an overlay enhanced scenario. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS The accompanying drawings, which are set to illustrate,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, In the drawings: FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of an FDD mode according to the related art; FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a TDD mode according to the related art; FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a public message transmitting method according to an embodiment of the present invention; 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a public message transmitting apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a public message transmitting system according to an embodiment of the present invention; and FIGS. 6a to 6c are diagrams showing a preferred embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a flow of a public message transmission method according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a flow of a primary message, a secondary level, and a third level; FIG. 8 is a second schematic diagram of a flow of a public message transmission method according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS It should be noted that the embodiments in the present application and the features in the embodiments may be combined with each other without conflict. The invention will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings in conjunction with the embodiments. The steps illustrated in the flowchart of the figures may be executed in a computer system such as a set of computer executable instructions, and although the logical order is shown in the flowchart, in some cases, may differ from this The steps shown are performed in the order shown or described. The present embodiment provides a public message sending method. FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a public message sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the process includes the following steps: Step S302: A base station determines according to a coverage level. Sending a time-frequency resource location of the public message; Step S304, transmitting a public message by using the time-frequency resource location, where the public message is carried on the traffic channel. Through the foregoing steps, the base station determines, according to the coverage level, the location of the time-frequency resource that sends the public message and sends the public message at the determined time-frequency resource location, thereby providing a method for transmitting the public message in the coverage-enhanced scenario, thereby being able to solve the problem. When the public search space is limited, the problem of increasing the blocking rate caused by a large number of repeated transmissions ensures the normal and stable operation of the system. Preferably, the foregoing coverage level may be confirmed according to at least one of the following: pre-configuration, a preamble resource or sequence sent by the user equipment in the random access process, a measurement signal sent by the base station or the user equipment, and a radio resource control layer (Radio Resource) Control layer, referred to as RRC) signaling. Preferably, the traffic channel is repeatedly transmitted at the time-frequency resource location. In the case of performing repeated transmission, the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel may be determined in multiple manners, for example, by using at least one of the following methods:
1、承载公有消息的业务信道的重复发送次数以不同于通过小区无线网络临时标识 (CellRadio Network Temporary Identifier, 简称为 C-RNTI) 加扰的控制信道所调度的 业务信道的重复发送次数的方式进行设置; 1. The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is different from the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel scheduled by the control channel scrambled by the Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI). Setting
2、 承载公有消息的业务信道的重复发送次数可以设置为相同的重复发送次数; 3、 根据承载的公有消息的类型, 例如: 系统信息块 (System Information Block, 简称为 SIB ) 消息、 随机接入响应 (Random Access Response, 简称为 RAR) 消息或 者寻呼 (Paging) 消息, 确定对应的业务信道的重复发送次数。 优选地, 公有消息可以是以下至少之一类型的消息: SIB消息、 RAR消息、 Paging 消息。 优选地, 在上述方式中, 根据承载的公有消息的类型, 确定对应的业务信道的重 复发送次数可以采用多种方式, 例如: 采用以下至少之一的方式: 2. The number of repeated transmissions of the service channel carrying the public message can be set to the same number of repeated transmissions; 3. According to the type of the public message that is carried, for example, a system information block (SIB) message, a random access response (RAR) message, or a paging (Paging) message, determine the corresponding The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel. Preferably, the public message may be at least one of the following types of messages: SIB message, RAR message, Paging message. Preferably, in the foregoing manner, determining the number of repeated transmissions of the corresponding service channel according to the type of the public message to be carried may be in multiple manners, for example: adopting at least one of the following methods:
1、对于 sm消息而言,可以根据广播信道的重复发送次数、基站的最大覆盖等级、 sm消息的周期配置或者第一预定义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载 sm消息的业 务信道的重复发送次数; For the sm message, the service channel carrying the sm message may be determined according to at least one of the number of repeated transmissions of the broadcast channel, the maximum coverage level of the base station, the periodic configuration of the sm message, or the first predefined value. Repeated number of transmissions;
2、 对于 RAR消息而言, 可以根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、 基站的最 大覆盖等级、 用户设备的覆盖等级或者第二预定义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载 RAR消息的业务信道的重复发送次数; 2. For the RAR message, the bearer RAR message may be determined according to at least one of a preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, a maximum coverage level of the base station, a coverage level of the user equipment, or a second predefined value. The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel;
3、 对于 RAR消息而言, 可以根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、 基站的最 大覆盖等级、用户设备的覆盖等级、 RRC信令或者第三预定义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载 Paging消息的业务信道的重复发送次数。 优选地, 在上述方式中, 根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导, 确定承载 RAR 消息或 Paging消息的业务信道的重复发送次数包括: 根据前导的时频资源或者前导的 序列, 确定承载 RAR消息或 Paging消息的业务信道的重复发送次数。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道可以根据预设周期间歇重复发送, 其中, 该预 设周期可以为固定时长的周期或者根据第四预定义值配置的一组时长的周期, 例如, 周期固定设置为一个定值, 或者在不同的场景下设置为不同的周期。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道在预设周期中进行一次重复发送, 且一次重复 发送位于一个或者多个 sm周期中。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道呈非周期性重复发送, 其中, 用户设备可以通 过盲检测确定承载 sm消息的业务信道。 优选地, 为了减少业务信道的发送次数, 用户设备可以通过对承载 sm消息的业 务信道进行多个周期尝试解码, 优选地, 多个周期可以包括以下之一: 4个、 8个、 16 个、 32个、 64个。 优选地, 承载公有消息的业务信道在无控制信道调度指示的情况下, 可以通过多 种方式确定用于重复发送业务信道的频域资源, 例如通过以下至少之一的方式: For the RAR message, according to at least one of a preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, a maximum coverage level of the base station, a coverage level of the user equipment, RRC signaling, or a third predefined value, Determine the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the Paging message. Preferably, in the foregoing manner, determining, according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message includes: determining the bearer RAR according to the preamble time-frequency resource or the preamble sequence The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel of the message or Paging message. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message may be intermittently and repeatedly transmitted according to a preset period, where the preset period may be a period of a fixed duration or a period of a group of duration configured according to a fourth predefined value, for example, a period fixed setting Set to a different value for a fixed value or in different scenarios. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is repeatedly transmitted in a preset period, and the one-time repeated transmission is located in one or more sm periods. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is sent in a non-periodic manner, wherein the user equipment can determine the traffic channel carrying the sm message by blind detection. Preferably, in order to reduce the number of transmissions of the traffic channel, the user equipment may perform multiple periodic attempts to decode the traffic channel carrying the sm message. Preferably, the multiple cycles may include one of the following: 4, 8, 16 32, 64. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the public message can determine the frequency domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel in multiple manners without the control channel scheduling indication, for example, by using at least one of the following methods:
1、 在各频域聚合等级中, 确定频域资源占用的物理资源块 (Physical Resource Block, 简称为 PRB) 资源中 PRB的数目, 其中, 在该频域资源上采用二进制移相键 控(Binary Phase Shift Keying,简称为 BPSK)调制或者正交相移键控(Quadrature Phase Shift Keying,简称为 QPSK)调制,并分别通过第一无线网络临时标识(Radio Network Temporary Identifier, 简称为 RNTI)、 第二 RNTI和第三 RNTI加扰公有消息对应的循 环冗余校验 (Cyclic Redundancy Check, 简称为 CRC) 比特; 其中, 第一 RNTI包括 取值不同的 SI-RNTI ( SIB-RNTI)禾 P M-SI-RNTI (MTC-SIB-RNTI), 用于 SIB消息对 应的 CRC比特的加扰;第二 RNTI包括取值不同的 P-RNTKPaging-RNTI)和 M-P-RNTI (MTC-Paging-RNTI), 用于 Paging消息对应的 CRC比特的加扰; 第三 RNTI包括取 值不同的 RA-RNTI (RAR-RNTI) 和 M-RA-RNTI (MTC-RAR-RNTI), 用于 RAR消 息对应的 CRC比特的加扰。 1. In each frequency domain aggregation level, determine the number of PRBs in the physical resource block (PRB) resource occupied by the frequency domain resource, where binary phase shift keying is used on the frequency domain resource (Binary) Phase Shift Keying (referred to as BPSK) modulation or Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) modulation, and respectively pass the first Radio Network Temporary Identifier (RNTI), the second The RNTI and the third RNTI scramble a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) bit corresponding to the public message; wherein, the first RNTI includes SI-RNTIs (SIB-RNTI) and P M-SI with different values - RNTI (MTC-SIB-RNTI), used for scrambling of CRC bits corresponding to SIB messages; second RNTI includes P-RNTKPaging-RNTI with different values and MP-RNTI (MTC-Paging-RNTI), for The CRC bit corresponding to the Paging message is scrambled; the third RNTI includes RA-RNTI (RAR-RNTI) and M-RA-RNTI (MTC-RAR-RNTI) with different values, and is used for adding CRC bits corresponding to the RAR message. Disturb.
2、 根据 RRC信令的指示, 确定频域资源占用的 PRB资源; 2. Determine, according to the indication of the RRC signaling, the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource;
3、 根据第五预定义值, 确定频域资源占用的 PRB资源。 优选地,在上述方式中的 PRB资源的起始位置进一步可以包括但不限于以下之一 的方式: 3. Determine the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource according to the fifth predefined value. Preferably, the starting position of the PRB resource in the above manner may further include, but is not limited to, one of the following ways:
1、 确定 PRB资源中编号最小的 PRB资源为起始位置; 1. Determine the PRB resource with the lowest number in the PRB resource as the starting position;
2、 确定 PRB资源中编号最大的 PRB资源为起始位置; 2. Determine the PRB resource with the highest number in the PRB resource as the starting position;
3、 根据公式^^ + 11^^^ "」^'确定 PRB资源的起始位置; 其中, L表示 聚合等级; = ( " ^ = (H M( ) ; M (L)表示聚 合等级 L对应的候选集数量; ^表示子帧号为 k的子帧上用于无控制传输时承载 公有消息的业务信道占用的 PRB总数; D表示常数 65537; A表示常数 39827; k表示 子帧号; i=0 ... L-1表示一个聚合等级对应的搜索单位; ¾1^表示加扰 CRC比特 的 RNTI取值, SFN表示无线帧号, mod表示取模运算。优选地, L=l 2 3 6; N^k =6 o 优选地,在根据 RRC信令的指示或根据第五预定义值,确定频域资源占用的 RPB 资源的情况下, PRB资源为连续或离散的 PRB资源, 且 RPB资源的 PRB数目小于或 等于 6。 优选地, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道在传输业务信道的子帧内的起始位置为第 3个 OFDM符号, 或者, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道在子帧内的 起始符号。 优选地, 在根据系统的带宽, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道在子帧内的起始符号 的情况下, 包括但不限于采用以下之一的方式: 3. Determine the starting position of the PRB resource according to the formula ^^ + 11 ^^^ ""^'; where L is the aggregation level; = ( " ^ = (H M ( ) ; M ( L ) indicates the aggregation level L corresponds The number of candidate sets; ^ represents the total number of PRBs occupied by the traffic channel carrying the public message for the uncontrolled transmission on the subframe with the subframe number k; D represents the constant 65537; A represents the constant 39827; k represents the subframe number; =0 ... L-1 represents a search unit corresponding to an aggregation level; 3⁄41 ^ represents the value of the RNTI scrambling the CRC bits, SFN represents the radio frame number, and mod represents the modulo operation. Preferably, L = l 2 3 6 ; N ^ k =6 o Preferably, in the case that the RPB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource is determined according to the indication of the RRC signaling or according to the fifth predefined value, the PRB resource is a continuous or discrete PRB resource, and the number of PRBs of the RPB resource is less than or equal to 6. . Preferably, the starting position of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe of the transport service channel is determined to be the third OFDM symbol, or the start of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe is determined according to the bandwidth of the system. symbol. Preferably, in the case that the start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe is determined according to the bandwidth of the system, including but not limited to adopting one of the following methods:
1、 在系统带宽为 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定子帧的第 5个 OFDM符号为起始符号; 2、 在系统带宽大于 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定子帧的第 4个 OFDM符号为起始符 号。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道在较大覆盖等级的情况下所占用的时频资源位 置包含较小覆盖等级的情况下所占用的时频资源位置, 即随着覆盖等级的增大, 之前 占用的时频资源位置不改变, 但新增加新的时频资源位置。 优选地,确定用于传输业务信道的子帧的起始位置的方式包括但不限于以下方式: 1. When the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, determine that the fifth OFDM symbol of the subframe is the start symbol; 2. In the case that the system bandwidth is greater than 1.4 MHz, determine the fourth OFDM symbol of the subframe as the start. symbol. Preferably, the time-frequency resource location occupied by the traffic channel carrying the sm message in the case of a larger coverage level includes the time-frequency resource location occupied by the smaller coverage level, that is, as the coverage level increases, before The occupied time-frequency resource location does not change, but a new time-frequency resource location is newly added. Preferably, the manner of determining the starting position of the subframe used for transmitting the traffic channel includes, but is not limited to, the following manner:
1、根据承载的公有消息的类型,确定子帧的起始位置,例如,采用第六预定义值, 将承载不同类型的公有消息的业务信道对应于不同的子帧起始位置; Determining, according to the type of the public message that is carried, the starting position of the subframe, for example, using the sixth predefined value, the traffic channels carrying different types of public messages are corresponding to different subframe starting positions;
2、根据 κ值确定用于传输承载 sm消息的业务信道的子帧的起始位置, 其中, κ 值满足关系式 (K + h*n) mod M=i, 其中 K表示处于起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的可 用下行子帧的编号, 0 K h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h为一个 无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧的数量, M表示间歇重复传输的周期, 0^i^h-l ,其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 2. Determine a starting position of a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying the sm message according to the κ value, where the κ value satisfies the relation (K + h*n) mod M=i, where K represents the starting position The number of available downlink subframes in the subframe in the radio frame, 0 K hl, n indicates the radio frame in which the subframe at the start position is located, h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, and M indicates the interval. The period of repeated transmission, 0^i^hl, wherein, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-sequenced sequentially;
3、根据 L值确定用于传输承载 RAR消息或 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧的起始 位置, 其中, L值满足关系式 (L + h*n) mod N=j。 其中 L表示处于起始位置的子帧 在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 L h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无 线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, N表示重复传输次数, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 4、根据 H值确定用于传输承载 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧的起始位置,其中, H值满足关系式 (H + h*n) mod T=j。 其中 H表示处于起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的 可用下行子帧的编号, 0 H h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h为一 个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, T表示重复传输的周期, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 3. Determine a starting position of a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying a RAR message or a Paging message according to the L value, where the L value satisfies the relation (L + h*n) mod N=j. Where L represents the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 L hl, n represents the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame. The number of subframes, where N is the number of repeated transmissions, 0 j hl, where the downlink subframes in the radio frame are renumbered sequentially in the TDD system; 4. Determine a starting position of a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying the Paging message according to the H value, where the H value satisfies the relation (H + h*n) mod T=j. Where H is the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 H hl, n is the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame. The number of subframes, T represents the period of repeated transmission, 0 j hl, where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-ordered sequentially;
5、根据随机接入中的前导的序列所在的子帧、该序列的类型、该前导所对应的基 站的覆盖等级或者第七预定义值之中的一种方式,确定用于传输承载 RAR消息的业务 信道的子帧的起始位置。 优选地, 根据承载的公有消息的类型确定子帧的位置包括但不限于以下至少之一 的方式: Determining, according to one of a subframe in which the sequence of the preamble in the random access is located, a type of the sequence, a coverage level of the base station corresponding to the preamble, or a seventh predefined value, determining to transmit the bearer RAR message The starting position of the subframe of the traffic channel. Preferably, determining the location of the subframe according to the type of the public message carried includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following:
1、 确定用于传输承载 RAR消息的业务信道的子帧采用连续的方式发送; 1. Determine that the subframe used for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the RAR message is sent in a continuous manner;
2、 确定用于传输承载 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧采用离散选择的方式发送; 2. Determining, by using a discrete selection, a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying the Paging message;
3、 确定用于传输承载 sm消息的业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方式发送。 优选地, 在确定用于传输承载 sm消息的业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方式发 送的情况下, 调度该业务信道的控制信道采用相同的周期重复的方式发送。 优选地, 在承载公有消息的业务信道采用周期重复发送的情况下, 用于重复发送 业务信道的多个子帧上承载公有消息的业务信道的频域资源相同。 优选地, 在承载有公有消息的业务信道有控制信道指示的情况下, 在用于重复发 送业务信道的多个子帧上, 承载公有消息的业务信道对应的控制信道占用的资源大小 相同。 优选地, 还可以根据基站的最大覆盖等级或者对应的业务信道承载的公有消息的 类型, 确定控制信道的重复发送次数。 优选地, 在承载有公有消息的业务信道有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 承载 sm 消息的业务信道对应的控制信道使用 M-SI-RNTI或者 SI-RNTI加扰 CRC比特,其中, M-SI-RNTI的取值不同于 SI-RNTI的取值。 优选地, 使用 M-SI-RNTI加扰的物理下行控制信道与物理下行控制信道调度的物 理下行业务信道 (又称为物理下行共享信道) 在相同子帧或者不同子帧中传输。 本实施例还提供了一种公有消息接收方法, 包括如下步骤: 用户设备根据覆盖等级, 在特定的时频资源位置接收公有消息, 其中, 该特定的 时频资源位置是由网络侧确定的, 该公有消息承载在业务信道上。 通过上述步骤, 用户设备根据覆盖等级在由网络侧确定的特定的时频资源位置接 收公有消息, 从而提供了一种在覆盖增强的场景下传输公有消息的方法, 进而能够解 决由于公有搜索空间有限的情况下对大量的重复传输导致的阻塞率提升的问题, 保证 了系统的正常、 稳定工作。 优选地, 业务信道在时频资源位置重复接收, 其中, 业务信道的重复次数通过以 下至少之一的方式确定: 1、承载公有消息的业务信道的重复次数不同于以 C-RNTI加扰的控制信道加扰的 控制信道所调度的业务信道的重复次数; 3. Determine that the subframe used for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the sm message is sent in a cyclically repeated manner. Preferably, in the case that the subframe for determining the traffic channel for transmitting the bearer sm message is transmitted in a cyclically repeated manner, the control channel scheduling the traffic channel is transmitted in the same periodic repetition manner. Preferably, in a case where the traffic channel carrying the public message is periodically transmitted repeatedly, the frequency domain resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the multiple subframes for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel are the same. Preferably, in the case that the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel indication, on a plurality of subframes for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel, the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the public message occupies the same resource size. Preferably, the number of repeated transmissions of the control channel may also be determined according to the maximum coverage level of the base station or the type of the public message carried by the corresponding traffic channel. Preferably, in a case that the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the sm message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC bit, where the M-SI The value of the -RNTI is different from the value of the SI-RNTI. Preferably, the physical downlink control channel scrambled by the M-SI-RNTI and the physical downlink traffic channel (also referred to as a physical downlink shared channel) scheduled by the physical downlink control channel are transmitted in the same subframe or different subframes. The present embodiment further provides a method for receiving a public message, including the following steps: The user equipment receives a public message at a specific time-frequency resource location according to the coverage level, where the specific time-frequency resource location is determined by the network side, The public message is carried on the traffic channel. Through the foregoing steps, the user equipment receives the public message according to the coverage level at a specific time-frequency resource location determined by the network side, thereby providing a method for transmitting the public message in the coverage-enhanced scenario, thereby being able to solve the problem that the public search space is limited. In the case of a large number of repeated transmissions, the problem of increased blocking rate ensures the normal and stable operation of the system. Preferably, the traffic channel is repeatedly received at a time-frequency resource location, wherein the number of repetitions of the traffic channel is determined by at least one of the following: 1. The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is different from the control of scrambling with the C-RNTI The number of repetitions of the traffic channel scheduled by the channel-scrambled control channel;
2、 承载公有消息的业务信道的重复次数相同; 2. The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is the same;
3、 根据承载的公有消息的类型, 确定对应的业务信道的重复次数。 优选地, 该公有消息包括以下至少之一类型的消息: SIB消息、 RAR消息、 Paging 消息。 优选地, 根据承载的公有消息的类型, 确定对应的业务信道的重复次数包括以下 至少之一: 3. Determine the number of repetitions of the corresponding service channel according to the type of the public message carried. Preferably, the public message includes at least one of the following types of messages: an SIB message, a RAR message, and a Paging message. Preferably, determining the number of repetitions of the corresponding service channel according to the type of the public message to be carried comprises at least one of the following:
1、 根据广播信道的重复次数、 最大覆盖等级、 sm消息的周期配置或者第一预定 义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载 sm消息的业务信道的重复次数; 2、根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、基站的最大覆盖等级、用户设备的覆 盖等级或者第二预定义值之中的至少一种方式,确定承载 RAR消息的业务信道的重复 次数。 Determining the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the sm message according to at least one of the repetition number of the broadcast channel, the maximum coverage level, the periodic configuration of the sm message, or the first predefined value; 2. randomly according to the user equipment The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message is determined by at least one of a preamble transmitted in the access, a maximum coverage level of the base station, a coverage level of the user equipment, or a second predefined value.
3、根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、最大覆盖等级、用户设备的覆盖等级、 RRC信令或者第三预定义值之中的一种方式,确定承载 Paging消息的业务信道的重复 次数。 优选地, 根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导, 确定承载 RAR消息或 Paging 消息的业务信道的重复次数包括: 根据前导的时频资源或者前导的序列, 确定承载 RAR消息或 Paging消息的业务信道的重复次数。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道根据预设周期间歇重复接收, 其中, 该预设周 期为固定时长的周期或者根据第四预定义值配置的一组时长的周期。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道在预设周期中进行一次重复接收, 且一次重复 接收位于一个或者多个 sm周期中。 优选地, 在承载 sm消息的业务信道呈非周期性重复发送的情况下, 在特定的时 频资源位置接收公有消息包括: 通过盲检测确定承载 sm消息的业务信道。 优选地, 在用户设备接收所述公有消息时, 该方法还包括: 用户设备通过对承载 sm 消息的业务信道进行多个 sm 周期尝试解码, 其中, 多个周期包括以下之一: 4 个、 8个、 16个、 32个、 64个。通过该方式可以减少网络侧重复发送业务信道的次数。 优选地, 承载公有消息的业务信道在无控制信道调度指示的情况下, 通过以下至 少之一的方式确定用于重复接收业务信道的频域资源: 1、 在各频域聚合等级中, 盲检频域资源占用的 PRB资源中 PRB的数目, 其中, 在频域资源上采用 BPSK解调或者 QPSK解调, 并分别通过第一 RNTI、 第二 RNTI 和第三 RNTI解扰公有消息对应的 CRC 比特; 其中, 第一 RNTI 包括取值不同的 SI-RNTI和 M-SI-RNTI, 用于 SIB消息对应的 CRC比特的解扰; 第二 RNTI包括取值 不同的 P-RNTI和 M-P-RNTI, 用于 Paging消息对应的 CRC比特的解扰; 第三 RNTI 包括取值不同的 RA-RNTI和 M-RA-RNTI, 用于 RAR消息对应的 CRC比特的解扰; Determining the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the Paging message according to one of the preamble, the maximum coverage level, the coverage level of the user equipment, the RRC signaling, or the third predefined value sent by the user equipment in the random access. . Preferably, determining, according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message includes: determining, according to the preamble time-frequency resource or the preamble sequence, the service carrying the RAR message or the Paging message The number of repetitions of the channel. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is repeatedly received repeatedly according to a preset period, where the preset period is a period of a fixed duration or a period of a group of durations configured according to a fourth predefined value. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is repeatedly received in a preset period, and the one-time repeated reception is located in one or more sm periods. Preferably, in the case that the traffic channel carrying the sm message is sent in a non-periodic manner, receiving the public message at the specific time-frequency resource location comprises: determining, by blind detection, the traffic channel carrying the sm message. Preferably, when the user equipment receives the public message, the method further includes: the user equipment performs a plurality of sm period attempts to decode the service channel carrying the sm message, where the multiple periods include one of the following: 4, 8 , 16, 32, 64. In this way, the number of times the network side repeatedly transmits the traffic channel can be reduced. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the public message determines the frequency domain resource for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel by using at least one of the following manners without the control channel scheduling indication: 1. In each frequency domain aggregation level, blind detection The number of PRBs in the PRB resources occupied by the frequency domain resources, where BPSK demodulation or QPSK demodulation is adopted on the frequency domain resources, and the CRC bits corresponding to the public message are descrambled by the first RNTI, the second RNTI, and the third RNTI, respectively. The first RNTI includes the SI-RNTI and the M-SI-RNTI with different values, and is used for descrambling the CRC bits corresponding to the SIB message. The second RNTI includes the P-RNTI and the MP-RNTI with different values. The descrambling of the CRC bit corresponding to the Paging message; the third RNTI includes the RA-RNTI and the M-RA-RNTI with different values, and is used for descrambling the CRC bit corresponding to the RAR message;
2、 根据 RRC信令的指示, 确定频域资源占用的 PRB资源; 2. Determine, according to the indication of the RRC signaling, the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource;
3、 根据第五预定义值, 确定频域资源占用的 PRB资源。 优选地, PRB资源的起始位置通过以下之一的方式确定: 1、 确定 PRB资源中编号最小的 PRB资源为起始位置; 2、 确定 PRB资源中编号最大的 PRB资源为起始位置; 3、 根据公式^^ + 11^^^^」^'确定 PRB资源的起始位置, 其中, L聚合 等级; = 04'" 77 )1110(11)或 = (^»^." 77 )1110(11) ; w = i,2,..., (i) . M (L)表示聚合等 级 L对应的候选集数量; ^表示子帧号为 k的子帧上用于无控制传输时承载公有 消息的业务信道占用的 PRB总数; D表示常数 65537; A表示常数 39827; k表示子帧 号; i=0, ..., L-1表示一个聚合等级对应的搜索单位; nRNTi表示加扰 CRC比特的 RNTI 取值, SFN表示无线帧号, mod表示取模运算。 优选地, L=l、 2、 3、 6; N^k=60 优选地,在根据 RRC信令的指示或根据第五预定义值,确定频域资源占用的 RPB 资源的情况下, PRB资源为连续或离散的 PRB资源, 且 RPB资源的 PRB数目小于或 等于 6。 优选地, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道在传输业务信道的子帧内的起始位置为第3. Determine the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource according to the fifth predefined value. Preferably, the starting position of the PRB resource is determined by one of the following methods: 1. Determine the PRB resource with the smallest number in the PRB resource as the starting position; 2. Determine the PRB resource with the largest number in the PRB resource as the starting position; 3. Determine the starting position of the PRB resource according to the formula ^^ + 11 ^^^^"^', where the L aggregation level; = 0 4 '" 77 ) 1110 (11) or = (^»^." 77 ) 1 110(11) ; w = i,2,..., (i) . M ( L ) denotes the number of candidate sets corresponding to the aggregation level L; ^ denotes the subframe with the subframe number k for uncontrolled transmission The total number of PRBs occupied by the traffic channel carrying the public message; D is the constant 65537; A is the constant 39827; k is the subframe number; i=0, ..., L-1 is the search unit corresponding to an aggregation level; n RNT i represents the RNTI value of the scrambled CRC bit, SFN represents the radio frame number, and mod represents the modulo operation. Preferably, L = 1, 2, 3, 6; N ^ k = 60. Preferably, in the case of determining the RPB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource according to the indication of the RRC signaling or according to the fifth predefined value, the PRB The resource is a continuous or discrete PRB resource, and the number of PRBs of the RPB resource is less than or equal to 6. Preferably, the starting position of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe of the transport service channel is determined to be
3个 OFDM符号, 或者, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道在子帧内的 起始符号。 优选地, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道在子帧内的起始符号包 括以下之一的方式: 1、 在系统带宽为 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定子帧的第 5个 OFDM符号为起始符号; The three OFDM symbols, or, according to the bandwidth of the system, determine the start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe. Preferably, according to the bandwidth of the system, determining that the starting symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe includes one of the following: 1. In the case that the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, determining the fifth OFDM of the subframe The symbol is the starting symbol;
2、 在系统带宽大于 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定子帧的第 4个 OFDM符号为起始符 号。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道在较大覆盖等级的情况下所占用的时频资源位 置包含较小覆盖等级的情况下所占用的特定的时频资源位置。 优选地, 用于接收业务信道的子帧的起始位置通过以下方式之一确定: 2. In the case where the system bandwidth is greater than 1.4 MHz, the fourth OFDM symbol of the subframe is determined to be the start symbol. Preferably, the time-frequency resource location occupied by the traffic channel carrying the sm message in the case of a larger coverage level includes a specific time-frequency resource location occupied by the smaller coverage level. Preferably, the starting position of the subframe for receiving the traffic channel is determined by one of the following ways:
1、 根据承载的公有消息的类型, 采用第六预定义值确定子帧的起始位置; 1. Determine, according to the type of the public message that is carried, a starting position of the subframe by using a sixth predefined value;
2、根据 κ值确定用于传输承载 sm消息的业务信道的子帧的起始位置, 其中, κ 值满足关系式 (K + h*n) mod M=i, 其中 K表示处于起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的可 用下行子帧的编号, 0 K h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h为一个 无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧的数量, M表示间歇重复传输的周期, 0^i^h-l ,其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 3、根据 L值确定用于传输承载 RAR消息或 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧的起始 位置, 其中, L值满足关系式 (L + h*n) mod N=j。 其中 L表示处于起始位置的子帧 在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 L h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无 线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, N表示重复传输次数, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 2. Determine a starting position of a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying the sm message according to the κ value, where the κ value satisfies the relation (K + h*n) mod M=i, where K represents the starting position The number of available downlink subframes in the subframe in the radio frame, 0 K hl, n indicates the radio frame in which the subframe at the start position is located, h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, and M indicates the interval. The period of repeated transmission, 0^i^hl, wherein, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-sequenced sequentially; 3. Determine a starting position of a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying a RAR message or a Paging message according to the L value, where the L value satisfies the relation (L + h*n) mod N=j. Where L represents the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 L hl, n represents the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame. The number of subframes, where N is the number of repeated transmissions, 0 j hl, where the downlink subframes in the radio frame are renumbered sequentially in the TDD system;
4、根据 H值确定用于传输承载 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧的起始位置,其中, H值满足关系式 (H + h*n) mod T=j。 其中 H表示处于起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的 可用下行子帧的编号, 0 H h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h为一 个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, T表示重复传输的周期, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 4. Determine a starting position of a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying the Paging message according to the H value, wherein the H value satisfies the relation (H + h*n) mod T=j. Where H is the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 H hl, n is the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame. The number of subframes, T represents the period of repeated transmission, 0 j hl, where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-ordered sequentially;
5、根据随机接入中的前导的前导序列所在的子帧、前导序列的类型、前导所对应 的基站的覆盖等级或者第七预定义值之中的一种方式,确定用于接收承载 RAR消息的 业务信道的子帧的起始位置。 优选地, 根据承载的公有消息的类型, 确定子帧的位置包括以下至少之一: 1、 确定用于传输承载 RAR消息的业务信道的子帧采用连续的方式接收; And determining, according to one of a subframe in which the preamble sequence of the preamble in the random access, a type of the preamble sequence, a coverage level of the base station corresponding to the preamble, or a seventh predefined value, is used to receive the bearer RAR message. The starting position of the subframe of the traffic channel. Preferably, determining, according to the type of the public message to be carried, the location of the subframe includes at least one of the following: 1. determining, that the subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the RAR message is received in a continuous manner;
2、 确定用于传输承载 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧采用离散选择的方式接收; 2. Determining, by using a discrete selection, a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying the Paging message;
3、 确定用于传输承载 sm消息的业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方式接收。 优选地, 在确定用于传输承载 sm消息的业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方式接 收的情况下, 调度该业务信道的控制信道采用相同的周期重复的方式接收。 优选地, 在承载公有消息的业务信道采用周期重复接收的情况下, 用于重复接收 业务信道的多个子帧上承载公有消息的业务信道的频域资源相同。 优选地, 在承载有公有消息的业务信道有控制信道指示的情况下, 在用于重复接 收业务信道的多个子帧上, 承载公有消息的业务信道对应的控制信道占用的资源大小 相同。 优选地, 根据最大覆盖等级或者对应的业务信道承载的公有消息的类型, 确定控 制信道的重复接收次数。 优选地, 在承载有公有消息的业务信道有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 承载 sm 消息的业务信道对应的控制信道使用 M-SI-RNTI或者 SI-RNTI加扰 CRC比特,其中, M-SI-RNTI的取值不同于 SI-RNTI的取值。 优选地, 使用 M-SI-RNTI加扰的物理下行控制信道与物理下行控制信道调度的物 理下行业务信道在相同子帧或者不同子帧中接收。 本实施例还提供了一种公有消息发送装置, 位于网络侧, 可以位于基站中, 该装 置用于实现上述公有消息发送方法, 装置实施例中描述的装置具体的实现过程在方法 实施例中已经进行过详细说明, 在此不再赘述。 图 4是根据本发明实施例的公有消息发送装置的结构示意图, 如图 4所示, 该装 置包括第一确定模块 42和发送模块 44, 其中, 第一确定模块 42, 设置为根据覆盖等 级, 确定发送公有消息的时频资源位置; 发送模块 44耦合至第一确定模块 42, 设置 为通过该时频资源位置发送公有消息, 其中, 该公有消息承载在业务信道上。 本发明的实施例中所涉及到的模块、 单元可以通过软件的方式实现, 也可以通过 硬件的方式来实现。本实施例中的所描述的模块、单元也可以设置在处理器中, 例如, 可以描述为: 一种处理器包括第一确定模块 42和发送模块 44。 其中, 这些模块的名 称在某种情况下并不构成对该模块本身的限定, 例如, 第一确定模块还可以被描述为 "设置为根据覆盖等级确定发送公有消息的时频资源位置的模块"。 优选地, 业务信道在时频资源位置重复发送, 在进行重复发送的情况下, 可以采 用多种方式确定业务信道的重复发送次数,例如采用以下至少之一的一种方式来确定: 1、承载公有消息的业务信道的重复发送次数以不同于通过 C-RNTI加扰的控制信 道加扰的控制信道所调度的业务信道的重复发送次数的方式进行设置; 3. Determine that the subframe used for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the sm message is received in a cyclically repeated manner. Preferably, in the case that the subframe for determining the traffic channel for transmitting the bearer sm message is received in a cyclically repeated manner, the control channel scheduling the traffic channel is received in the same periodic repetition manner. Preferably, in the case that the traffic channel carrying the public message adopts periodic repeated reception, the frequency domain resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message on the multiple subframes for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel are the same. Preferably, in a case where the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel indication, on a plurality of subframes for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel, the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the public message occupies the same resource. Preferably, the number of repeated receptions of the control channel is determined according to the maximum coverage level or the type of the public message carried by the corresponding traffic channel. Preferably, in a case that the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the sm message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC bit, where the M-SI The value of the -RNTI is different from the value of the SI-RNTI. Preferably, the physical downlink control channel scrambled by the M-SI-RNTI and the physical downlink traffic channel scheduled by the physical downlink control channel are received in the same subframe or different subframes. The embodiment also provides a public message sending device, which is located on the network side and can be located in the base station, and is used to implement the public message sending method. The device specific implementation process described in the device embodiment is already in the method embodiment. Detailed description has been made and will not be described here. FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a public message sending apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4, the apparatus includes a first determining module 42 and a sending module 44, wherein the first determining module 42 is set according to a coverage level. Determining the location of the time-frequency resource for transmitting the public message; the sending module 44 is coupled to the first determining module 42 and configured to send the public message through the time-frequency resource location, where the public message is carried on the traffic channel. The modules and units involved in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented by software, or may be implemented by hardware. The described modules and units in this embodiment may also be disposed in a processor. For example, it may be described as follows: A processor includes a first determining module 42 and a transmitting module 44. The names of the modules do not constitute a limitation on the module itself in some cases. For example, the first determining module may also be described as "a module that is set to determine the location of the time-frequency resource for transmitting the public message according to the coverage level." . Preferably, the traffic channel is repeatedly transmitted at the time-frequency resource location. In the case of repeated transmission, the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel may be determined in multiple manners, for example, by using at least one of the following methods: The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel of the public message is set in a manner different from the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel scheduled by the control channel scrambled by the C-RNTI scrambled control channel;
2、 承载公有消息的业务信道的重复发送次数可以设置为相同的重复发送次数; 2. The number of repeated transmissions of the service channel carrying the public message can be set to the same number of repeated transmissions;
3、 根据承载的公有消息的类型, 例如: SIB消息、 RAR消息或者 Paging消息, 确定对应的业务信道的重复发送次数。 优选地, 公有消息可以是以下至少之一类型的消息: SIB消息、 RAR消息、 Paging 消息。 优选地, 在上述方式中, 根据承载的公有消息的类型, 确定对应的业务信道的重 复发送次数可以采用多种方式, 例如: 采用以下至少之一的方式: 1、对于 sm消息而言,可以根据广播信道的重复发送次数、基站的最大覆盖等级、 sm消息的周期配置或者第一预定义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载 sm消息的业 务信道的重复发送次数; 3. Determine the number of repeated transmissions of the corresponding service channel according to the type of the public message that is carried, for example, an SIB message, a RAR message, or a Paging message. Preferably, the public message may be at least one of the following types of messages: SIB message, RAR message, Paging message. Preferably, in the foregoing manner, determining the number of repeated transmissions of the corresponding service channel according to the type of the public message to be carried may be in multiple manners, for example: adopting at least one of the following methods: For the sm message, the service channel carrying the sm message may be determined according to at least one of the number of repeated transmissions of the broadcast channel, the maximum coverage level of the base station, the periodic configuration of the sm message, or the first predefined value. Repeated number of transmissions;
2、 对于 RAR消息而言, 可以根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、 基站的最 大覆盖等级、 用户设备的覆盖等级或者第二预定义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载 RAR消息的业务信道的重复发送次数; 2. For the RAR message, the bearer RAR message may be determined according to at least one of a preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, a maximum coverage level of the base station, a coverage level of the user equipment, or a second predefined value. The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel;
3、 对于 RAR消息而言, 可以根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、 基站的最 大覆盖等级、用户设备的覆盖等级、 RRC信令或者第三预定义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载 Paging消息的业务信道的重复发送次数。 优选地, 在上述方式中, 根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导, 确定承载 RAR 消息或 Paging消息的业务信道的重复发送次数包括: 根据前导的时频资源或者前导的 序列, 确定承载 RAR消息或 Paging消息的业务信道的重复发送次数。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道可以根据预设周期间歇重复发送, 其中, 该预 设周期可以为固定时长的周期或者根据第四预定义值配置的一组时长的周期, 例如, 周期固定设置为一个定值, 或者在不同的场景下设置为不同的周期。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道在预设周期中进行一次重复发送, 且一次重复 发送位于一个或者多个 sm周期中。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道呈非周期性重复发送, 其中, 用户设备可以通 过盲检测确定承载 sm消息的业务信道。 优选地, 为了减少业务信道的发送次数, 用户设备可以通过对承载 sm消息的业 务信道进行多个周期尝试解码, 优选地, 多个周期可以包括以下之一: 4个、 8个、 16 个、 32个、 64个。 优选地, 承载公有消息的业务信道在无控制信道调度指示的情况下, 可以通过多 种方式确定用于重复发送业务信道的频域资源, 例如通过以下至少之一的方式: 1、 在各频域聚合等级中, 确定频域资源占用的 PRB资源中 PRB的数目, 其中, 在该评语资源上采用 BPSK调制或者 QPSK调制, 并分别通过第一 RNTI、 第二 RNTI 和第三 RNTI加扰公有消息对应的 CRC 比特; 其中, 第一 RNTI 包括取值不同的 SI-RNTI和 M-SI-RNTI, 用于 SIB消息对应的 CRC比特的加扰; 第二 RNTI包括取值 不同的 P-RNTI和 M-P-RNTI, 用于 Paging消息对应的 CRC比特的加扰; 第三 RNTI 包括取值不同的 RA-RNTI和 M-RA-RNTI, 用于 RAR消息对应的 CRC比特的加扰。 For the RAR message, according to at least one of a preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, a maximum coverage level of the base station, a coverage level of the user equipment, RRC signaling, or a third predefined value, Determine the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the Paging message. Preferably, in the foregoing manner, determining, according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message includes: determining the bearer RAR according to the preamble time-frequency resource or the preamble sequence The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel of the message or Paging message. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message may be intermittently and repeatedly transmitted according to a preset period, where the preset period may be a period of a fixed duration or a period of a group of duration configured according to a fourth predefined value, for example, a period fixed setting Set to a different value for a fixed value or in different scenarios. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is repeatedly transmitted in a preset period, and the one-time repeated transmission is located in one or more sm periods. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is sent in a non-periodic manner, wherein the user equipment can determine the traffic channel carrying the sm message by blind detection. Preferably, in order to reduce the number of transmissions of the traffic channel, the user equipment may perform multiple periodic attempts to decode the traffic channel carrying the sm message. Preferably, the multiple cycles may include one of the following: 4, 8, 16 32, 64. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the public message can determine the frequency domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel in multiple manners without the control channel scheduling indication, for example, by using at least one of the following methods: In the domain aggregation level, determining the number of PRBs in the PRB resources occupied by the frequency domain resources, where BPSK modulation or QPSK modulation is adopted on the comment resources, and the public message is scrambled by the first RNTI, the second RNTI, and the third RNTI, respectively. Corresponding CRC bits; wherein, the first RNTI includes SI-RNTIs and M-SI-RNTIs with different values, and is used for scrambling of CRC bits corresponding to the SIB message; Different P-RNTIs and MP-RNTIs are used for scrambling of CRC bits corresponding to Paging messages. The third RNTI includes RA-RNTIs and M-RA-RNTIs with different values, and is used for adding CRC bits corresponding to RAR messages. Disturb.
2、 根据 RRC信令的指示, 确定频域资源占用的 PRB资源; 2. Determine, according to the indication of the RRC signaling, the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource;
3、 根据第五预定义值, 确定频域资源占用的 PRB资源。 优选地,在上述方式中的 PRB资源的起始位置进一步可以包括但不限于以下之一 的方式: 3. Determine the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource according to the fifth predefined value. Preferably, the starting position of the PRB resource in the above manner may further include, but is not limited to, one of the following ways:
1、 确定 PRB资源中编号最小的 PRB资源为起始位置; 1. Determine the PRB resource with the lowest number in the PRB resource as the starting position;
2、 确定 PRB资源中编号最大的 PRB资源为起始位置; 2. Determine the PRB resource with the highest number in the PRB resource as the starting position;
3、 根据公式^^ + 11^^^ "」^'确定 PRB资源的起始位置; 其中, L表示 聚合等级; = 04'" 17 )"1 3 或 = (^ ^^ . " 77 ) 111 11) ; w = l 2 ... M(i) (L)表示聚 合等级 L对应的候选集数量; ^表示子帧号为 k的子帧上用于无控制传输时承载 公有消息的业务信道占用的 PRB总数; D表示常数 65537; A表示常数 39827; k表示 子帧号; i=0 ... L-1表示一个聚合等级对应的搜索单位; ¾1^表示加扰 CRC比特 的 RNTI取值, SFN表示无线帧号, mod表示取模运算。优选地, L=l 2 3 6; N^k =6 o 优选地,在根据 RRC信令的指示或根据第五预定义值,确定频域资源占用的 RPB 资源的情况下, PRB资源为连续或离散的 PRB资源, 且 RPB资源的 PRB数目小于或 等于 6 优选地, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道在传输业务信道的子帧内的起始位置为第 3个 OFDM符号, 或者, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道在子帧内的 起始符号。 优选地, 在根据系统的带宽, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道在子帧内的起始符号 的情况下, 包括但不限于采用以下之一的方式: 3. Determine the starting position of the PRB resource according to the formula ^^ + 11 ^^^ ""^'; where L is the aggregation level; = 0 4 '" 17 )" 1 3 or = (^ ^^ . " 77 ) 111 11) ; w = l 2 ... M (i ) (L) represents the number of candidate sets corresponding to the aggregation level L; ^ represents the service carrying the public message for the uncontrolled transmission on the subframe with the subframe number k The total number of PRBs occupied by the channel; D represents a constant 65537; A represents a constant 39827; k represents a subframe number; i=0 ... L-1 represents a search unit corresponding to an aggregation level; 3⁄41 ^ represents an RNTI of a scrambled CRC bit Value, SFN represents the radio frame number, mod represents the modulo operation. Preferably, L = l 2 3 6; N ^ k = 6 o Preferably, the frequency is determined according to the indication according to the RRC signaling or according to the fifth predefined value In the case of the RPB resource occupied by the domain resource, the PRB resource is a continuous or discrete PRB resource, and the number of PRBs of the RPB resource is less than or equal to 6. Preferably, the service channel carrying the public message is determined to be within the subframe of the transport service channel. The starting position is the third OFDM symbol, or, according to the bandwidth of the system, determining that the traffic channel carrying the public message is within the subframe Preferably, in the case of determining the start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe according to the bandwidth of the system, including but not limited to adopting one of the following methods:
1、 在系统带宽为 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定子帧的第 5个 OFDM符号为起始符号; 1. When the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, determine that the fifth OFDM symbol of the subframe is a start symbol;
2、 在系统带宽大于 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定子帧的第 4个 OFDM符号为起始符 号。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道在较大覆盖等级的情况下所占用的时频资源位 置包含较小覆盖等级的情况下所占用的时频资源位置, 即随着覆盖等级的增大, 之前 占用的时频资源位置不改变, 但新增加新的时频资源位置。 优选地,确定用于传输业务信道的子帧的起始位置的方式包括但不限于以下方式: 1、根据承载的公有消息的类型,确定子帧的起始位置,例如,采用第六预定义值, 将承载不同类型的公有消息的业务信道对应于不同的子帧起始位置; 2. In the case where the system bandwidth is greater than 1.4 MHz, the fourth OFDM symbol of the subframe is determined to be the start symbol. Preferably, the time-frequency resource location occupied by the traffic channel carrying the sm message in the case of a larger coverage level includes the time-frequency resource location occupied by the smaller coverage level, that is, as the coverage level increases, before The occupied time-frequency resource location does not change, but a new time-frequency resource location is newly added. Preferably, the manner of determining the starting position of the subframe used for transmitting the traffic channel includes, but is not limited to, the following manners: 1. determining a starting position of the subframe according to a type of the public message that is carried, for example, adopting a sixth pre-defined a value, a traffic channel carrying different types of public messages corresponding to different subframe start positions;
2、根据 κ值确定用于传输承载 sm消息的业务信道的子帧的起始位置, 其中, κ 值满足关系式 (K + h*n) mod M=i, 其中 K表示处于起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的可 用下行子帧的编号, 0 K h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h为一个 无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧的数量, M表示间歇重复传输的周期, O^i^h-1 ,其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 2. Determine a starting position of a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying the sm message according to the κ value, where the κ value satisfies the relation (K + h*n) mod M=i, where K represents the starting position The number of available downlink subframes in the subframe in the radio frame, 0 K hl, n indicates the radio frame in which the subframe at the start position is located, h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, and M indicates the interval. The period of repeated transmission, O^i^h-1, wherein, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-sequenced sequentially;
3、根据 L值确定用于传输承载 RAR消息或 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧的起始 位置, 其中, L值满足关系式 (L + h*n) mod N=j。 其中 L表示处于起始位置的子帧 在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 L h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无 线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, N表示重复传输次数, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 3. Determine a starting position of a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying a RAR message or a Paging message according to the L value, wherein the L value satisfies the relation (L + h*n) mod N=j. Where L represents the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 L hl, n represents the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame. The number of subframes, where N is the number of repeated transmissions, 0 j hl, where the downlink subframes in the radio frame are renumbered sequentially in the TDD system;
4、根据 H值确定用于传输承载 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧的起始位置,其中, H值满足关系式 (H + h*n) mod T=j。 其中 H表示处于起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的 可用下行子帧的编号, 0 H h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h为一 个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, T表示重复传输的周期, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 4. Determine a starting position of a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying the Paging message according to the H value, wherein the H value satisfies the relation (H + h*n) mod T=j. Where H is the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 H hl, n is the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame. The number of subframes, T represents the period of repeated transmission, 0 j hl, where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-ordered sequentially;
5、根据随机接入中的前导的序列所在的子帧、该序列的类型、该前导所对应的基 站的覆盖等级或者第七预定义值之中的一种方式,确定用于传输承载 RAR消息的业务 信道的子帧的起始位置。 优选地, 根据承载的公有消息的类型确定子帧的位置包括但不限于以下至少之一 的方式: Determining, according to one of a subframe in which the sequence of the preamble in the random access is located, a type of the sequence, a coverage level of the base station corresponding to the preamble, or a seventh predefined value, determining to transmit the bearer RAR message The starting position of the subframe of the traffic channel. Preferably, determining the location of the subframe according to the type of the public message carried includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following:
1、 确定用于传输承载 RAR消息的业务信道的子帧采用连续的方式发送; 1. Determine that the subframe used for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the RAR message is sent in a continuous manner;
2、 确定用于传输承载 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧采用离散选择的方式发送; 3、 确定用于传输承载 sm消息的业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方式发送。 优选地, 在确定用于传输承载 sm消息的业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方式发 送的情况下, 调度该业务信道的控制信道采用相同的周期重复的方式发送。 优选地, 在承载公有消息的业务信道采用周期重复发送的情况下, 用于重复发送 业务信道的多个子帧上承载公有消息的业务信道的频域资源相同。 优选地, 在承载有公有消息的业务信道有控制信道指示的情况下, 在用于重复发 送业务信道的多个子帧上, 承载公有消息的业务信道对应的控制信道占用的资源大小 相同。 优选地, 还可以根据基站的最大覆盖等级或者对应的业务信道承载的公有消息的 类型, 确定控制信道的重复发送次数。 优选地, 在承载有公有消息的业务信道有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 承载 sm 消息的业务信道对应的控制信道使用 M-SI-RNTI或者 SI-RNTI加扰 CRC比特,其中, M-SI-RNTI的取值不同于 SI-RNTI的取值。 优选地, 使用 M-SI-RNTI加扰的物理下行控制信道与物理下行控制信道调度的物 理下行业务信道 (又称为物理下行共享信道) 在相同子帧或者不同子帧中传输。 本实施例还提供了一种公有消息接收装置, 位于终端侧, 可以位于用户设备中, 该装置设置为实现上述公有消息接收方法, 装置实施例中描述的装置具体的实现过程 在方法实施例中已经进行过详细说明, 在此不再赘述。 该公有消息接收装置包括接收模块, 设置为根据覆盖等级, 在特定的时频资源位 置接收公有消息, 其中, 该特定的时频资源位置是由网络侧确定的, 该公有消息承载 在业务信道上。 优选地, 业务信道在时频资源位置重复接收, 其中, 业务信道的重复次数通过以 下至少之一的方式确定: 2. Determining, by using a discrete selection manner, a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying the Paging message; 3. Determine that the subframe used for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the sm message is sent in a cyclically repeated manner. Preferably, in the case that the subframe for determining the traffic channel for transmitting the bearer sm message is transmitted in a cyclically repeated manner, the control channel scheduling the traffic channel is transmitted in the same periodic repetition manner. Preferably, in a case where the traffic channel carrying the public message is periodically transmitted repeatedly, the frequency domain resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the multiple subframes for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel are the same. Preferably, in the case that the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel indication, on a plurality of subframes for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel, the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the public message occupies the same resource size. Preferably, the number of repeated transmissions of the control channel may also be determined according to the maximum coverage level of the base station or the type of the public message carried by the corresponding traffic channel. Preferably, in a case that the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the sm message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC bit, where the M-SI The value of the -RNTI is different from the value of the SI-RNTI. Preferably, the physical downlink control channel scrambled by the M-SI-RNTI and the physical downlink traffic channel (also referred to as a physical downlink shared channel) scheduled by the physical downlink control channel are transmitted in the same subframe or different subframes. The embodiment further provides a public message receiving device, which is located at the terminal side, and can be located in the user equipment, and is configured to implement the public message receiving method. The specific implementation process of the device described in the device embodiment is in the method embodiment. It has been described in detail and will not be described here. The public message receiving apparatus includes a receiving module, configured to receive a public message at a specific time-frequency resource location according to a coverage level, where the specific time-frequency resource location is determined by the network side, and the public message is carried on the traffic channel. . Preferably, the traffic channel is repeatedly received at a time-frequency resource location, where the number of repetitions of the traffic channel is determined by at least one of the following:
1、承载公有消息的业务信道的重复次数不同于以 C-RNTI加扰的控制信道加扰的 控制信道所调度的业务信道的重复次数; 1. The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is different from the number of repetitions of the traffic channel scheduled by the control channel scrambled by the C-RNTI scrambled control channel;
2、 承载公有消息的业务信道的重复次数相同; 2. The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is the same;
3、 根据承载的公有消息的类型, 确定对应的业务信道的重复次数。 优选地, 该公有消息包括以下至少之一类型的消息: SIB消息、 RAR消息、 Paging 消息。 优选地, 根据承载的公有消息的类型, 确定对应的业务信道的重复次数包括以下 至少之一: 1、 根据广播信道的重复次数、 最大覆盖等级、 sm消息的周期配置或者第一预定 义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载 sm消息的业务信道的重复次数; 3. Determine the number of repetitions of the corresponding service channel according to the type of the public message carried. Preferably, the public message includes at least one of the following types of messages: an SIB message, a RAR message, and a Paging message. Preferably, determining, according to the type of the public message to be carried, the number of repetitions of the corresponding service channel includes at least one of the following: 1. According to the repetition number of the broadcast channel, the maximum coverage level, the periodic configuration of the sm message, or the first predefined value. At least one of the manners of determining the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the sm message;
2、根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、基站的最大覆盖等级、用户设备的覆 盖等级或者第二预定义值之中的至少一种方式,确定承载 RAR消息的业务信道的重复 次数。 3、根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、基站的最大覆盖等级、用户设备的覆 盖等级、 RRC信令或者第三预定义值之中的一种方式,确定承载 Paging消息的业务信 道的重复次数。 优选地, 根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导, 确定承载 RAR消息或 Paging 消息的业务信道的重复次数包括: 根据前导的时频资源或者前导的序列, 确定承载 RAR消息或 Paging消息的业务信道的重复次数。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道根据预设周期间歇重复接收, 其中, 该预设周 期为固定时长的周期或者根据第四预定义值配置的一组时长的周期。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道在预设周期中进行一次重复接收, 且一次重复 接收位于一个或者多个 sm周期中。 优选地, 在承载 sm消息的业务信道呈非周期性重复发送的情况下, 在特定的时 频资源位置接收公有消息包括: 通过盲检测确定承载 sm消息的业务信道。 该公有消息发送装置通过对承载 sm 消息的业务信道进行多个 sm 周期尝试解 码, 以减少网络侧重复发送业务信道的次数。 其中, 多个周期包括以下之一: 4个、 8 个、 16个、 32个、 64个。 优选地, 承载公有消息的业务信道在无控制信道调度指示的情况下, 通过以下至 少之一的方式确定用于重复接收业务信道的频域资源: 2. Determine the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message according to at least one of the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the maximum coverage level of the base station, the coverage level of the user equipment, or the second predefined value. Determining, according to one of the preamble, the maximum coverage level of the base station, the coverage level of the user equipment, the RRC signaling, or the third predefined value sent by the user equipment in the random access, the service channel carrying the Paging message is determined. repeat times. Preferably, determining, according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message includes: determining, according to the preamble time-frequency resource or the preamble sequence, the service carrying the RAR message or the Paging message The number of repetitions of the channel. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is intermittently repeatedly received according to a preset period, wherein the preset period is a period of a fixed duration or a period of a group of durations configured according to the fourth predefined value. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is repeatedly received in a preset period, and the one-time repeated reception is located in one or more sm periods. Preferably, in the case that the traffic channel carrying the sm message is sent in a non-periodic manner, receiving the public message at the specific time-frequency resource location comprises: determining, by blind detection, the traffic channel carrying the sm message. The public message transmitting apparatus performs a plurality of sm cycle attempts to decode the traffic channel carrying the sm message to reduce the number of times the network side repeatedly transmits the traffic channel. Among them, multiple cycles include one of the following: 4, 8, 16, 32, and 64. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the public message determines the frequency domain resource for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel by using at least one of the following manners without the control channel scheduling indication:
1、 在各频域聚合等级中, 盲检频域资源占用的 PRB资源中 PRB的数目, 其中, 在频域资源上采用 BPSK解调或者 QPSK解调, 并分别通过第一 RNTI、 第二 RNTI 和第三 RNTI解扰公有消息对应的 CRC 比特; 其中, 第一 RNTI 包括取值不同的 SI-RNTI和 M-SI-RNTI, 用于 SIB消息对应的 CRC比特的解扰; 第二 RNTI包括取值 不同的 P-RNTI和 M-P-RNTI, 用于 Paging消息对应的 CRC比特的解扰; 第三 RNTI 包括取值不同的 RA-RNTI和 M-RA-RNTI, 用于 RAR消息对应的 CRC比特的解扰; 2、 根据 RRC信令的指示, 确定频域资源占用的 PRB资源; 1. In each frequency domain aggregation level, blindly check the number of PRBs in the PRB resources occupied by the frequency domain resources, where BPSK demodulation or QPSK demodulation is adopted on the frequency domain resources, and the first RNTI and the second RNTI are respectively adopted. The CRC bit corresponding to the third RNTI descrambled public message; wherein, the first RNTI includes the SI-RNTI and the M-SI-RNTI with different values, and is used for descrambling the CRC bit corresponding to the SIB message; The P-RNTI and the MP-RNTI with different values are used for descrambling the CRC bits corresponding to the Paging message. The third RNTI includes the RA-RNTI and the M-RA-RNTI with different values, and is used for the CRC bits corresponding to the RAR message. De-scrambling; 2. determining a PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource according to the indication of the RRC signaling;
3、 根据第五预定义值, 确定频域资源占用的 PRB资源。 优选地, PRB资源的起始位置通过以下之一的方式确定: 3. Determine the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource according to the fifth predefined value. Preferably, the starting position of the PRB resource is determined by one of the following:
1、 确定 PRB资源中编号最小的 PRB资源为起始位置; 1. Determine the PRB resource with the lowest number in the PRB resource as the starting position;
2、 确定 PRB资源中编号最大的 PRB资源为起始位置; 3、 根据公式^^ ^)11^^^^」^'确定 PRB资源的起始位置, 其中, L聚合 等级; = 4 '" 77 ) 1110(^或 = (^ »^ . ½^ ) 1110(^ ; M = 2„„, M(L) . M (L)表示聚合等 级 L对应的候选集数量; ^表示子帧号为 k的子帧上用于无控制传输时承载公有 消息的业务信道占用的 PRB总数; D表示常数 65537; A表示常数 39827; k表示子帧 号; i=0, ..., L-1表示一个聚合等级对应的搜索单位; ^!^表示加扰 CRC比特的 RNTI 取值, SFN表示无线帧号, mod表示取模运算。 优选地, L=l、 2、 3、 6; N^k=60 优选地,在根据 RRC信令的指示或根据第五预定义值,确定频域资源占用的 RPB 资源的情况下, PRB资源为连续或离散的 PRB资源, 且 RPB资源的 PRB数目小于或 等于 6。 优选地, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道在传输业务信道的子帧内的起始位置为第 3个 OFDM符号, 或者, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道在子帧内的 起始符号。 优选地, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道在子帧内的起始符号包 括以下之一的方式: 2. Determine the PRB resource with the highest number in the PRB resource as the starting position; 3. Determine the starting position of the PRB resource according to the formula ^^ ^) 11 ^^^^"^', where the L aggregation level; = 4 '" 77 ) 1110(^ or = (^ »^ . 1⁄2 ^ ) 1 110(^ ; M = 2 „„, M (L) . M ( L ) denotes the number of candidate sets corresponding to the aggregation level L; ^ denotes the subframe number The total number of PRBs occupied by the traffic channel carrying the public message for the uncontrolled transmission on the subframe of k; D is the constant 65537; A is the constant 39827; k is the subframe number; i=0, ..., L-1 Indicates the search unit corresponding to an aggregation level; ^!^ indicates the RNTI value of the scrambled CRC bit, SFN indicates the radio frame number, and mod indicates the modulo operation. Preferably, L = 1, 2, 3, 6; N ^ k = 60 preferably, in the RRC signaling or indication according to a fifth predefined value, the determined frequency domain resources occupied resources RPB case, PRB resources for continuous or discrete resource PRB, PRB and the number of resources is less than RPB Or equal to 6. Preferably, determining that the starting location of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe of the transport traffic channel is the third OFDM symbol, or Determining, according to the bandwidth of the system, a start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe. Preferably, according to the bandwidth of the system, determining that the start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe includes one of the following: the way:
1、 在系统带宽为 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定子帧的第 5个 OFDM符号为起始符号; 2、 在系统带宽大于 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定子帧的第 4个 OFDM符号为起始符 号。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道在较大覆盖等级的情况下所占用的时频资源位 置包含较小覆盖等级的情况下所占用的特定的时频资源位置。 优选地, 用于接收业务信道的子帧的起始位置通过以下方式之一确定: 1. When the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, determine that the fifth OFDM symbol of the subframe is the start symbol; 2. In the case that the system bandwidth is greater than 1.4 MHz, determine the fourth OFDM symbol of the subframe as the start. symbol. Preferably, the time-frequency resource location occupied by the traffic channel carrying the sm message in the case of a larger coverage level includes a specific time-frequency resource location occupied by the smaller coverage level. Preferably, the starting position of the subframe for receiving the traffic channel is determined by one of the following ways:
1、 根据承载的公有消息的类型, 采用第六预定义值确定子帧的起始位置; 2、根据 κ值确定用于传输承载 sm消息的业务信道的子帧的起始位置, 其中, K 值满足关系式 (K + h*n) mod M=i, 其中 K表示处于起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的可 用下行子帧的编号, 0 K h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h为一个 无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧的数量, M表示间歇重复传输的周期, 0^i^h-l ,其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 3、根据 L值确定用于传输承载 RAR消息或 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧的起始 位置, 其中, L值满足关系式 (L + h*n) mod N=j。 其中 L表示处于起始位置的子帧 在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 L h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无 线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, N表示重复传输次数, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 4、根据 H值确定用于传输承载 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧的起始位置,其中,1. Determine, according to the type of the public message to be carried, a starting position of the subframe by using a sixth predefined value; 2. Determine a starting position of the subframe used for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the sm message according to the κ value, where, K The value satisfies the relationship (K + h*n) mod M=i, where K represents the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame of the subframe at the start position, 0 K hl, n represents the child at the start position The radio frame in which the frame is located, h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, and M is the period of intermittent retransmission, 0^i^hl, where the downlink subframe is re-used in the TDD system according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame. Performing sequence numbering; 3. Determining, according to the L value, a starting position of a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying a RAR message or a Paging message, wherein the L value satisfies a relation (L + h*n) mod N=j. Where L represents the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 L hl, n represents the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame. The number of subframes, N is the number of repeated transmissions, 0 j hl, where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-sequenced sequentially; 4. The sub-carriers for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the Paging message are determined according to the H value. The starting position of the frame, where
H值满足关系式 (H + h*n) mod T=j。 其中 H表示处于起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的 可用下行子帧的编号, 0 H h-l, n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h为一 个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, T表示重复传输的周期, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 5、根据随机接入中的前导的前导序列所在的子帧、前导序列的类型、前导所对应 的基站的覆盖等级或者第七预定义值之中的一种方式,确定用于接收承载 RAR消息的 业务信道的子帧的起始位置。 优选地, 根据承载的公有消息的类型, 确定子帧的位置包括以下至少之一: The H value satisfies the relationship (H + h*n) mod T=j. Where H is the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 H hl, n is the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink included in one radio frame. The number of subframes, T represents the period of repeated transmission, 0 j hl, where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-sequenced sequentially; 5. According to the subframe in which the preamble sequence of the preamble in the random access is located And determining, by one of a type of the preamble sequence, a coverage level of the base station corresponding to the preamble, or a seventh predefined value, a starting position of the subframe used for receiving the traffic channel carrying the RAR message. Preferably, determining the location of the subframe includes at least one of the following according to the type of the public message that is carried:
1、 确定用于传输承载 RAR消息的业务信道的子帧采用连续的方式接收; 2、 确定用于传输承载 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧采用离散选择的方式接收; 1. Determine that a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying the RAR message is received in a continuous manner; 2. determining, by using a discrete selection manner, a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel carrying the Paging message;
3、 确定用于传输承载 sm消息的业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方式接收。 优选地, 在确定用于传输承载 sm消息的业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方式接 收的情况下, 调度该业务信道的控制信道采用相同的周期重复的方式接收。 优选地, 在承载公有消息的业务信道采用周期重复接收的情况下, 用于重复接收 业务信道的多个子帧上承载公有消息的业务信道的频域资源相同。 优选地, 在承载有公有消息的业务信道有控制信道指示的情况下, 在用于重复接 收业务信道的多个子帧上, 承载公有消息的业务信道对应的控制信道占用的资源大小 相同。 优选地, 根据最大覆盖等级或者对应的业务信道承载的公有消息的类型, 确定控 制信道的重复接收次数。 优选地, 在承载有公有消息的业务信道有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 承载 sm 消息的业务信道对应的控制信道使用 M-SI-RNTI或者 SI-RNTI加扰 CRC比特,其中, M-SI-RNTI的取值不同于 SI-RNTI的取值。 优选地, 使用 M-SI-RNTI加扰的物理下行控制信道与物理下行控制信道调度的物 理下行业务信道在相同子帧或者不同子帧中接收。 需要说明的是, 上述的 "第一预定义值"、 "第二预定义值"是指可以通过用户进 行配置的一组或者多组对应关系, 其中的 "第一"、 "第二"等用于对这些预定义值进 行标识, 以表示这些预定义值并非必须是同一个预定义值, 但是也不限定其必须是都 不同的预定义值, 在某些情况下, 这些预定义值中的某一些也可以是相同的。 本发明实施例还提供了一种公有消息传输系统, 图 5是根据本发明实施例的公有 消息传输系统的结构框图, 如图 5所示,该系统包括上述的公有消息发送装置 52和公 有消息接收装置 54。 下面结合优选实施例进行描述和说明。 本优选实施例提供了一种 LTE/LTE-A系统中公有消息的传输方法, 以支持通过重 复传输实现控制信道的覆盖增强需求。 在本优选实施例中所提出的公有消息的传输方 法, 可以解决有覆盖增强需求的终端在 LTE系统中接收公有消息的问题, 并且在减少 控制开销的前提下, 保证终端设备的正常通信需求。 本优选实施例提供了一种公有消息的传输方法,应用于网络侧设备,该方法包括: 基站根据覆盖等级, 选择特定的时频资源位置传输公有消息, 其中, 公有消息通过业 务信道承载, 承载公有消息的业务信道重复次数满足以下准则至少之一: 准则一: 承载 SIB、 RAR、 Paging消息的业务信道的重复次数不同于以 C-RNTI 加扰的控制信道所调度的业务信道重复次数。 准则二: 承载 SIB、 RAR、 Paging消息的业务信道的重复次数相同; 准则三: 根据公有消息类型, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道的重复次数; 优选地, 根据公有消息类型, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道的重复次数, 包括以 下至少之一: 承载 sm消息的业务信道重复次数根据广播信道的重复次数确定或根据最大覆盖 等级确定或根据 sm的周期配置确定或预定义值; 承载 RAR消息的业务信道重复次数根据 UE在随机接入中发送的前导 (Preamble) 确定, 或者, 根据最大覆盖等级确定; 或者, 或根据预定义值确定; 承载 Paging消息 的业务信道重复次数根据 UE在随机接入中发送的 Preamble确定, 或者, 根据最大覆 盖等级确定; 或者, 根据信令确定, 或者根据预定义值确定; 优选地, 根据终端发送的 Preamble确定包括: 根据 Preamble的时频资源, 或者 Preamble序列确定。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道是以周期 M进行间歇重复发送的, 其中, M为 一个定值或一组值。 例如, 在周期 M中仅进行一次重复发送, 重复发送位于一个或多 个 sm周期中。 优选地, 基站以非周期方式重复发送, 终端盲检重复发送的承载 sm消息的业务 信道。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道可以通过多个 sm周期尝试解码来减少重复发 送次数, 优选的多个周期数目为 4、 8、 16、 32、 64。 优选地, 承载公有消息的业务信道在无控制信道调度指示的情况下重复传输频域 资源确定至少包含以下方式之一: 方式一: 重复传输的业务信道频域占用的 PRB数目在频域聚合等级 1、 2、 3、 6 中可选, 调制编码方案 (Modulation and Coding Scheme, 简称为 MCS)等级固定使用 QPSK或 BPSK调制。通过 X-RNTI (相当于第一 RNTI )、 Y-RNTI (相当于第二 RNTI )、 Z-RNTI (相当于第三 RNTI) 加扰 CRC比特。 X-RNTI包括 SI-RNTI和 M-SI-RNTI, Y-RNTI包括 P-RNTI禾 P M-P-RNTI, Z-RNTI包括 RA-RNTI禾 P M-RA-RNTI, 其中 M-SI-RNTI M-P-RNTI和 M-RA-RNTI与 SI-RNTI P-RNTI和 RA-RNTI的取值不同。 方式二: 重复传输的业务信道频域占用的 PRB资源由 RRC信令指示。 方式三: 重复传输的业务信道频域占用的 PRB资源是预定义的。 优选地, PRB的起始位置从 PRB编号最小或最大开始, 或者 PRB起始位置由公 式 Ζ '
Figure imgf000033_0001
+ 确定, 其中 L=1236; = ^ mcxi 或
3. Determine that the subframe used for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the sm message is received in a cyclically repeated manner. Preferably, in the case that the subframe for determining the traffic channel for transmitting the bearer sm message is received in a cyclically repeated manner, the control channel scheduling the traffic channel is received in the same periodic repetition manner. Preferably, in the case that the traffic channel carrying the public message adopts periodic repeated reception, the frequency domain resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message on the multiple subframes for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel are the same. Preferably, in a case where the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel indication, on a plurality of subframes for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel, the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the public message occupies the same resource. Preferably, the number of repeated receptions of the control channel is determined according to the maximum coverage level or the type of the public message carried by the corresponding traffic channel. Preferably, in a case that the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the sm message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC bit, where the M-SI The value of the -RNTI is different from the value of the SI-RNTI. Preferably, the physical downlink control channel scrambled by the M-SI-RNTI and the physical downlink traffic channel scheduled by the physical downlink control channel are received in the same subframe or different subframes. It should be noted that the above-mentioned "first predefined value" and "second predefined value" refer to one or more sets of correspondences that can be configured by the user, among which "first", "second", etc. Used to identify these predefined values to indicate that these predefined values do not have to be the same predefined value, but they are not limited to pre-defined values that are different. In some cases, these predefined values are Some of them can be the same. The embodiment of the present invention further provides a public message transmission system. FIG. 5 is a structural block diagram of a public message transmission system according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, the system includes the public message sending device 52 and the public message. Receiving device 54. Description and description are made below in conjunction with the preferred embodiments. The preferred embodiment provides a method for transmitting a public message in an LTE/LTE-A system to support coverage enhancement requirements of a control channel by repeated transmission. The method for transmitting a public message proposed in the preferred embodiment can solve the problem that a terminal having coverage enhancement requirements receives a public message in an LTE system, and ensures normal communication requirements of the terminal device under the premise of reducing control overhead. The preferred embodiment provides a method for transmitting a public message, which is applied to a network side device, and the method includes: the base station selects a specific time-frequency resource location to transmit a public message according to the coverage level, where the public message is carried over the service channel, and the bearer is carried. The number of service channel repetitions of the public message satisfies at least one of the following criteria: Criterion 1: The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the SIB, RAR, and Paging messages is different from the number of repetitions of the traffic channel scheduled by the control channel scrambled by the C-RNTI. Rule 2: The number of repetitions of the service channel carrying the SIB, RAR, and Paging messages is the same; criterion 3: determining the number of repetitions of the service channel carrying the public message according to the public message type; preferably, determining the bearer of the public message according to the public message type The number of repetitions of the traffic channel, including at least one of the following: The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the sm message is determined according to the number of repetitions of the broadcast channel or determined according to the maximum coverage level or determined according to the periodic configuration of the sm; the service carrying the RAR message The number of channel repetitions is determined according to a preamble sent by the UE in random access, or determined according to a maximum coverage level; or, or determined according to a predefined value; the number of service channel repetitions carrying the paging message is according to the UE in random access. The received Preamble is determined, or determined according to the maximum coverage level; or determined according to signaling, or determined according to a predefined value; preferably, determining according to the Preamble sent by the terminal includes: determining according to the time-frequency resource of the Preamble, or the Preamble sequence. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is intermittently transmitted in a period M, where M is a fixed value or a set of values. For example, only one repetition is sent in cycle M, and repeated transmissions are in one or more sm cycles. Preferably, the base station repeatedly transmits in an aperiodic manner, and the terminal blindly detects the repeated transmission of the traffic channel carrying the sm message. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message can reduce the number of repeated transmissions by attempting to decode through multiple sm periods, and the preferred number of cycles is 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Preferably, the service channel carrying the public message repeatedly transmits the frequency domain resource in the absence of the control channel scheduling indication, and includes at least one of the following manners: Mode 1: The number of PRBs occupied by the frequency channel of the repeatedly transmitted traffic channel is in the frequency domain aggregation level. Optional 1, 2, 3, and 6. The Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) level is fixed using QPSK or BPSK modulation. The CRC bits are scrambled by X-RNTI (corresponding to the first RNTI), Y-RNTI (corresponding to the second RNTI), and Z-RNTI (corresponding to the third RNTI). The X-RNTI includes SI-RNTI and M-SI-RNTI, The Y-RNTI includes a P-RNTI and a PMP-RNTI, and the Z-RNTI includes an RA-RNTI and a P-M-RA-RNTI, where the M-SI-RNTI MP-RNTI and the M-RA-RNTI and the SI-RNTI P-RNTI It is different from the value of RA-RNTI. Manner 2: The PRB resources occupied by the frequency domain of the repeated transmission traffic channel are indicated by RRC signaling. Manner 3: The PRB resources occupied by the frequency domain of the repeated transmission traffic channel are predefined. Preferably, the starting position of the PRB starts from the smallest or largest PRB number, or the starting position of the PRB is determined by the formula Ζ '
Figure imgf000033_0001
+ determined, where L=1 , 2 , 3 , 6 ; = ^ mcxi or
Yk = (A -k - SFN - ) mod m = 2,..., M(L) . N s,k =6. 优选地,对于上述的方式二和方式三,所分配的 PRB资源可以是连续或者离散的, 且不超过 6个 PRB 优选地, 重复传输的业务信道在各子帧内起始符号根据系统带宽确定, 当系统带 宽为 1.4MHz时, 固定从第 5个 OFDM符号开始检测, 当系统带宽 >1.4MHz时, 固定 从第 4个 OFDM符号开始检测。或者, 重复传输的业务信道在各子帧内起始符号统一 从第 3个 OFDM符号开始。 优选地, 图 6a〜图 6c是根据本发明优选实施例的在覆盖等级分别为一级、 二级和 三级占用的资源的示意图, 如图 6a〜图 6c所示, 重复传输的业务信道承载 SIB时, 在 大覆盖等级时占用的资源包含小覆盖等级时占用的资源。 优选地, 重复传输的业务信道的子帧起始位置由以下方式之一确定: 方式一: 承载 SIB RAR Paging消息的业务信道的子帧起始位置均独立配置; 方式二: 承载 sm消息重复传输的业务信道的子帧起始位置 k满足关系式 (k + h*n) mod M=i。其中 k表示起始子帧在无线帧内可用下行子帧的编号(TDD中按照无 线帧中可用下行子帧重新顺序编号), 0^k^h-l , n表示起始子帧 k所在的无线帧, h 为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, M表示间歇重复传输的周期, 0 i h-l ; 方式三: 承载 RAR paging消息重复传输的业务信道的子帧起始位置 k满足关系 式 (k + h*n) mod N=j。 其中 k表示起始子帧在无线帧内可用下行子帧的编号 (TDD 中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新顺序编号), 0^k^h-l , n表示起始子帧 k所在的无 线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, N表示重复传输次数, 0 j h-l ; 方式四: RAR 的起始子帧为根据 Preamble 序列所在的子帧确定, 或者, 根据 Preamble序列的类型确定, 或者, 根据 Preamble对应的覆盖等级确定, 或者, 根据预 定义的覆盖等级确定。 优选地, 重复传输的业务信道的子帧位置由承载的公有消息类型确定, 包括: 方式 1 : RAR对应子帧为连续的方式划分; 方式 2: Paging对应子帧为离散选择方式; 方式 3 : sm对应周期重复发送方式。 优选地, 公有消息采用周期重复发送方式时, 重复发送子帧上承载公有消息的业 务信道的频域位置相同。 优选地, 承载公有消息的业务信道在有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 在重复发送 子帧上承载公有消息的业务信道对应的控制信道所在的资源相同; 优选地, 所示控制信道的重复次数根据最大覆盖等级确定, 或者根据公有消息类 型 (SIB、 RAR、 Paging) 确定重复次数。 优选地, 承载公有消息的业务信道在有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 承载 sm消 息的业务信道对应的控制信道使用 M-SI-RNTI或者 SI-RNTI加扰 CRC比特, 其中, M-SI-RNTI为不同于 SI-RNTI取值的预定义值。 优选地, M-SI-RNTI加扰的 PDCCH与所调度的 PDSCH可以在相同子帧或者不同 子帧; 本优选实施例还提供了一种公有消息的传输方法, 应用于终端侧设备, 该方法包 括: 终端 (相当于上述用户设备) 根据覆盖等级, 选择特定的时频资源位置检测公有 消息, 其中, 公有消息通过业务信道承载, 承载公有消息的业务信道重复次数满足以 下准则至少之一: 准则一: 承载 SIB、 RAR, Paging消息的业务信道的重复次数不同于以 C-RNTI 加扰的控制信道所调度的业务信道重复次数。 准则二: 承载 SIB、 RAR, Paging消息的业务信道的重复次数相同; 准则三: 根据公有消息类型, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道的重复次数。 优选地, 该终端为 MTC终端。 优选地, 根据公有消息类型, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道的重复次数, 具体包 括以下至少之一: 承载 sm消息的业务信道重复次数根据广播信道的重复次数确定或根据最大覆盖 等级确定或根据 sm的周期配置确定或预定义值; 承载 RAR消息的业务信道重复次数根据 UE在随机接入中发送的 Preamble确定, 或者, 根据最大覆盖等级确定; 或者, 根据预定义值确定; 承载 Paging消息的业务信道重复次数根据 UE在随机接入中发送的 Preamble确 定, 或者, 根据最大覆盖等级确定; 或者, 根据 RRC信令确定, 或根据预定义值确定; 优选地,根据 UE发送的 Preamble确定包括:根据 Preamble的时频资源或 Preamble 序列确定。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道是以周期 M进行间歇重复传输的, 其中 M为 一个定值或一组值。 例如, 在周期 M中仅进行一次合并接收, 重复传输位于一个或多 个 sm周期中。 优选地, 基站以非周期方式重复发送, 终端盲检重复发送的承载 sm消息的业务 信道。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道, 终端可以通过多个周期尝试解码来减少重复 发送次数, 优选的多个周期数目为 4、 8、 16、 32、 64。 优选地, 承载公有消息的业务信道在无控制信道调度指示的情况下重复传输频域 资源确定至少包含以下方式之一: 方式一: 重复传输的业务信道频域占用的 PRB数目在频域聚合等级 1、 2、 3、 6 中可选, MCS等级固定使用 BPSK或者 QPSK解调制。通过 X-RNTI、 Y-RNTI Z-RNTI 解扰 CRC 比特。 X-RNTI 包括 SI-RNTI 禾 P M-SI-RNTI, Y-RNTI 包括 P-RNTI 和 M-P-RNTI, Z-RNTI包括 RA-RNTI和 M-RA-RNTI, 其中 M-SI-RNTI、 M-P-RNTI和 M-RA-RNTI与 SI-RNTI、 P-RNTI和 RA-RNTI的取值不同。 方式二: 重复传输的业务信道频域占用的 PRB资源由 RRC信令指示。 方式三: 重复传输的业务信道频域占用的 PRB资源是预定义的。 优选地, PRB的起始位置从 PRB编号最小或最大开始, 或者 PRB起始位置由公 式 . ^ ) ηκχΐμ / 」} + ,确定, 其中 L=123、 6 ; = 厦 ) mod 或Y k = (A - k - SFN - ) mod m = 2 , ..., M (L) . N s, k = 6. Preferably, for the second mode and the third mode described above, the allocated PRB resources may Is continuous or discrete, and no more than 6 PRBs. Preferably, the repeated transmission of the traffic channel is determined according to the system bandwidth in each subframe. When the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, the detection starts from the 5th OFDM symbol. When the system bandwidth is >1.4MHz, it is fixedly detected from the 4th OFDM symbol. Alternatively, the repeated transmission of the traffic channel starts from the third OFDM symbol uniformly in each subframe. Preferably, FIG. 6a to FIG. 6c are schematic diagrams of resources occupied by the primary, secondary, and tertiary levels, respectively, according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6a to FIG. 6c, the repeated transmission of the traffic channel bearer In SIB, the resources occupied when the large coverage level contains the resources occupied by the small coverage level. Preferably, the subframe start position of the repeatedly transmitted traffic channel is determined by one of the following manners: Mode 1: The start positions of the subframes of the traffic channel carrying the SIB RAR Paging message are independently configured; Method 2: Repeat transmission of the bearer sm message The subframe start position k of the traffic channel satisfies the relationship (k + h*n) mod M=i. Where k is the number of the downlink subframes available for the start subframe in the radio frame (the TDD is sequentially numbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame), 0^k^hl, where n indicates the radio frame where the start subframe k is located. h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, M represents the period of intermittent retransmission, 0 i hl ; mode 3: the subframe start position k of the traffic channel carrying the repeated transmission of the RAR paging message satisfies the relationship ( k + h*n) mod N=j. Where k is the number of the downlink subframes available for the starting subframe in the radio frame (the TDD is sequentially numbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame), 0^k^hl, where n represents the radio frame where the starting subframe k is located. , h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, and N is the number of repeated transmissions, 0 j hl ; Manner 4: The starting subframe of the RAR is determined according to the subframe in which the Preamble sequence is located, or determined according to the type of the Preamble sequence, or determined according to the coverage level corresponding to the Preamble, or determined according to a predefined coverage level. Preferably, the subframe position of the repeatedly transmitted traffic channel is determined by the bearer public message type, and includes: mode 1: RAR corresponding subframe is divided into consecutive modes; mode 2: Paging corresponding subframe is discrete selection mode; mode 3: Sm corresponds to the periodic repeat transmission method. Preferably, when the public message adopts the periodic repeat transmission mode, the frequency domain locations of the service channels carrying the public message on the repeated transmission subframes are the same. Preferably, if the traffic channel carrying the public message has the control channel scheduling indication, the resources of the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the public message on the repeated transmission subframe are the same; preferably, the number of repetitions of the control channel is shown Determine according to the maximum coverage level, or determine the number of repetitions based on the public message type (SIB, RAR, Paging). Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, and the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the sm message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC bit, where, the M-SI- The RNTI is a predefined value different from the value of the SI-RNTI. Preferably, the M-SI-RNTI scrambled PDCCH and the scheduled PDSCH may be in the same subframe or different subframes; the preferred embodiment further provides a public message transmission method, which is applied to the terminal side device, the method The method includes: a terminal (corresponding to the foregoing user equipment), according to the coverage level, selecting a specific time-frequency resource location to detect a public message, where the public message is carried by the service channel, and the number of service channel repetitions carrying the public message satisfies at least one of the following criteria: 1: The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the SIB, RAR, and Paging messages is different from the number of repetitions of the traffic channel scheduled by the control channel scrambled by the C-RNTI. Rule 2: The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the SIB, RAR, and Paging messages is the same; Rule 3: Determine the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message according to the public message type. Preferably, the terminal is an MTC terminal. Preferably, the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is determined according to the public message type, and specifically includes at least one of the following: The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the sm message is determined according to the number of repetitions of the broadcast channel or determined according to the maximum coverage level or according to the sm The period configuration determines or pre-defined values; the number of service channel repetitions carrying the RAR message is determined according to the Preamble sent by the UE in the random access, or is determined according to the maximum coverage level; or, according to a predefined value; the service carrying the paging message The number of channel repetitions is determined according to the Preamble sent by the UE in the random access, or determined according to the maximum coverage level; or determined according to RRC signaling, or determined according to a predefined value; preferably, determining according to the Preamble sent by the UE includes: Preamble's time-frequency resource or Preamble sequence is determined. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is intermittently transmitted in a period M, where M is a fixed value or a set of values. For example, in a period M, only one combined reception is performed, and the repeated transmission is located in one or more sm periods. Preferably, the base station repeatedly transmits in an aperiodic manner, and the terminal blindly detects the repeated transmission of the traffic channel carrying the sm message. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message, the terminal may try to decode by multiple cycles to reduce the number of repeated transmissions, and the preferred number of multiple cycles is 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Preferably, the service channel carrying the public message repeatedly transmits the frequency domain resource in the absence of the control channel scheduling indication, and includes at least one of the following manners: Mode 1: The number of PRBs occupied by the frequency channel of the repeatedly transmitted traffic channel is in the frequency domain aggregation level. Optional 1, 2, 3, and 6. The MCS level is fixed using BPSK or QPSK demodulation. The CRC bits are descrambled by X-RNTI, Y-RNTI Z-RNTI. The X-RNTI includes the SI-RNTI and the P-M-SI-RNTI, the Y-RNTI includes the P-RNTI and the MP-RNTI, and the Z-RNTI includes the RA-RNTI and the M-RA-RNTI, where the M-SI-RNTI, the MP- The values of RNTI and M-RA-RNTI are different from those of SI-RNTI, P-RNTI, and RA-RNTI. Manner 2: The PRB resources occupied by the frequency domain of the repeated transmission traffic channel are indicated by RRC signaling. Manner 3: The PRB resources occupied by the frequency domain of the repeated transmission traffic channel are predefined. Preferably, the starting position of the PRB starts from the smallest or largest PRB number, or the starting position of the PRB is determined by the formula . ^ ) ηκχΐμ / ”} + , where L=1 , 2 , 3 , 6; = xia) mod or
Yk = (A - k - SFN . "丽 ) mod ; m = ι,2,..., M L) . Ni>Tm,k =6. 优选地, 对于上述方式二和方式三, 所分配的 PRB资源可以是连续或者离散的, 且不超过 6个 PRB。 优选地, 重复传输的业务信道在各子帧内起始符号根据系统带宽确定, 当系统带 宽为 1.4MHz时, 固定从第 5个 OFDM符号开始检测, 当系统带宽 >1.4MHz时, 固定 从第 4个 OFDM符号开始检测。或者, 重复传输的业务信道在各子帧内起始符号统一 从第 3个 OFDM符号开始。 优选地, 如图 6所示, 重复传输的业务信道承载 sm时, 在大覆盖等级时占用的 资源包含小覆盖等级时占用的资源。 优选地, 重复传输的业务信道的子帧起始位置由以下方式之一确定: 方式一: 承载 SIB、 RAR、 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧起始位置均独立配置。 方式二: 承载 sm消息重复传输的业务信道的子帧起始位置 k满足关系式 (k + h*n) mod M=i。其中 k表示起始子帧在无线帧内可用下行子帧的编号(TDD中按照无 线帧中可用下行子帧重新顺序编号), 0^k^h-l , n表示起始子帧 k所在的无线帧, h 为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, M表示间歇重复传输的周期, 0 i h-l。 方式三: 承载 RAR、 paging消息重复传输的业务信道的子帧起始位置 k满足关系 式 (k + h*n) mod N=j。 其中 k表示起始子帧在无线帧内可用下行子帧的编号 (TDD 中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新顺序编号), 0^k^h-l , n表示起始子帧 k所在的无 线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, N表示重复传输次数, 0 j h-l。 方式四: RAR 的起始子帧为根据 Preamble 序列所在的子帧确定, 或者, 根据 Preamble序列的类型确定, 或者, 根据 Preamble对应的覆盖等级确定, 或者, 根据预 定义的覆盖等级确定; 优选地, 重复传输的业务信道的子帧位置由承载的公有消息类型确定,具体包括: 方式 1 : RAR对应子帧为连续的方式划分; 方式 2: Paging对应子帧为离散选择方式; 方式 3: sm对应周期重复发送方式; 优选地, 公有消息采用周期重复接收方式时, 重复接收子帧上承载公有消息的业 务信道的频域位置相同; 优选地, 承载公有消息的业务信道在有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 在重复发送 子帧上承载公有消息的业务信道对应的控制信道所在的资源相同; 优选地, 所示控制信道的重复次数根据最大覆盖等级确定, 或者根据公有消息类 型 (SIB、 RAR、 Paging) 确定重复次数。 优选地, 承载公有消息的业务信道在有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 承载 sm消 息的业务信道对应的控制信道使用 M-SI-RNTI 或者 SI-RNTI 加扰 CRC, 其中, M-SI-RNTI为不同于 SI-RNTI取值的预定义值。 优选地, M-SI-RNTI加扰的 PDCCH与所调度的 PDSCH可以在相同子帧或者不同 子帧; 下面对本发明优选实施例进一步进行举例说明。 在本优选实施例中描述的应用在网络侧设备的公有消息传输方法中采用的技术方 案是: 基站根据覆盖等级, 选择特定的时频资源位置传输公有消息, 其中, 公有消息 通过业务信道承载, 承载公有消息的业务信道重复次数满足以下准则至少之一: 准则一: 承载 SIB、 RAR、 Paging消息的业务信道的重复次数不同于以 C-RNTI 加扰的控制信道所调度的业务信道重复次数。 例如, 承载 SIB、 RAR、 Paging消息的业务信道的重复次数可以以小区最大覆盖 等级对应的重复次数进行传输, 而以 C-RNTI加扰的控制信道所调度的业务信道承载 的是用户专用信息, 此时可以结合终端具体覆盖等级进行相应重复次数的传输。 准则二: 承载 SIB、 RAR、 Paging消息的业务信道的重复次数相同; 准则三: 根据公有消息类型, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道的重复次数; 例如, SIB 根据最大覆盖等级确定, RAR 根据 UE 在随机接入过程中发送的 Preamble确定, Paging根据 RRC信令或 UE覆盖等级确定。业务信道重复传输占用资 源的方式包括高覆盖等级时对应的占用资源包含低覆盖等级时对应的占用资源。 优选地, 根据公有消息类型, 确定承载公有消息的业务信道的重复次数, 具体包 括以下至少之一: 承载 sm消息的业务信道重复次数根据广播信道的重复次数确定或根据最大覆盖 等级确定或根据 sm的周期配置确定或预定义值; 例如, 承载 sm消息的业务信道重 复次数根据广播信道的重复次数确定时, 终端首先接收基站的广播消息, 通过广播信 道的重复次数对应出承载 sm消息的业务信道的重复次数。 承载 sm消息的业务信道 重复次数根据最大覆盖等级确定时, 由于公有消息是面向小区内所有终端发送的, 因 此在有覆盖提升需求时可以按照最大覆盖等级所对应的重复次数来发送承载 sm消息 的业务信道。 承载 sm消息的业务信道重复次数根据 sm的周期配置确定时, 在 sm 更新周期范围内, 在连续的 sm周期中确定重复次数。 承载 sm消息的业务信道重复 次数根据预定义值确定时, 以预定义值作为重复次数。 承载 RAR消息的业务信道重复次数根据 UE在随机接入过程中发送的 Preamble 确定, 或者, 根据最大覆盖等级确定; 或预定义值; 承载 Paging消息的业务信道重复次数根据 UE覆盖等级确定, 或者, 根据最大覆 盖等级确定; 或者, 根据信令确定, 或预定义值; 具体的, 信令位于 sm或主信息块Y k = ( A - k - SFN . " Li ) mod ; m = ι, 2, ..., M L) . N i > Tm, k = 6. Preferably, for the above mode two and mode three, The allocated PRB resources may be continuous or discrete, and no more than 6 PRBs. Preferably, the repeated transmission of the traffic channel is determined according to the system bandwidth in each subframe, and when the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, the fixed from the first The 5 OFDM symbols start to detect, and when the system bandwidth is >1.4 MHz, the detection starts from the 4th OFDM symbol. Alternatively, the repeated transmission of the traffic channel starts from the 3rd OFDM symbol uniformly in each subframe. As shown in FIG. 6, when the retransmitted traffic channel carries sm, the resources occupied when the large coverage level includes the resources occupied by the small coverage level. Preferably, the subframe start position of the repeatedly transmitted traffic channel is as follows: One of the modes is determined as follows: Mode 1: The start position of the subframe of the service channel carrying the SIB, RAR, and Paging messages is independently configured. Mode 2: The start position k of the service channel carrying the sm message repeatedly transmitted satisfies the relationship ( k + h*n) mod M=i. where k Indicates the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame (in TDD, the number of downlink sub-frames in the radio frame is reordered), 0^k^hl, where n indicates the radio frame where the starting subframe k is located, h For the number of available downlink subframes included in a radio frame, M denotes the period of intermittent repeated transmission, 0 i hl. Mode 3: The start position k of the traffic channel carrying the RAR and paging message repeated transmission satisfies the relationship (k) + h*n) mod N=j, where k is the number of the downlink subframes available for the starting subframe in the radio frame (in TDD, the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame is reordered), 0^k^hl , n Indicates the radio frame where the starting subframe k is located, h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, and N indicates the number of repeated transmissions, 0 j hl. Mode 4: The starting subframe of the RAR is based on the Preamble sequence. The subframe is determined, or determined according to the type of the Preamble sequence, or determined according to the coverage level corresponding to the Preamble, or determined according to a predefined coverage level; preferably, the subframe position of the repeatedly transmitted traffic channel is carried by the bearer. The public message type is determined, and specifically includes: mode 1: RAR corresponding subframe is divided into consecutive modes; mode 2: Paging corresponding subframe is a discrete selection mode; Mode 3: sm corresponds to a periodic repeating transmission mode. Preferably, when the public message adopts the cyclic repeat receiving mode, the frequency domain location of the traffic channel carrying the public message on the repeated receiving subframe is the same; preferably, the traffic channel carrying the public message is in existence In the case of the control channel scheduling indication, the resources of the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the public message on the repeated transmission subframe are the same; preferably, the number of repetitions of the control channel is determined according to the maximum coverage level, or according to the public message type. (SIB, RAR, Paging) Determine the number of repetitions. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, and the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the sm message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC, where the M-SI-RNTI A predefined value that is different from the value of the SI-RNTI. Preferably, the M-SI-RNTI scrambled PDCCH and the scheduled PDSCH may be in the same subframe or different subframes; the preferred embodiment of the present invention is further illustrated below. The technical solution adopted in the preferred message in the preferred embodiment is: the base station selects a specific time-frequency resource location to transmit a public message according to the coverage level, where the public message is carried over the service channel. The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message satisfies at least one of the following criteria: Rule 1: The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the SIB, RAR, and Paging messages is different from the number of repetitions of the traffic channel scheduled by the control channel scrambled by the C-RNTI. For example, the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the SIB, RAR, and Paging messages may be transmitted in the number of repetitions corresponding to the maximum coverage level of the cell, and the traffic channel scheduled by the C-RNTI-scrambled control channel carries user-specific information. At this time, the corresponding repetition times can be transmitted in combination with the specific coverage level of the terminal. Rule 2: The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the SIB, RAR, and Paging messages is the same; Rule 3: Determine the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message according to the public message type; for example, the SIB is determined according to the maximum coverage level, and the RAR is based on the UE. The Preamble sent during the random access procedure determines that Paging is determined according to RRC signaling or UE coverage level. The manner in which the service channel repeatedly transmits the occupied resources includes the corresponding occupied resources when the occupied resource includes the low coverage level when the high coverage level is included. Preferably, the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is determined according to the public message type, and specifically includes at least one of the following: The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the sm message is determined according to the number of repetitions of the broadcast channel or determined according to the maximum coverage level or according to the sm For example, when the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the sm message is determined according to the number of repetitions of the broadcast channel, the terminal first receives the broadcast message of the base station, and the number of repetitions of the broadcast channel corresponds to the traffic channel carrying the sm message. The number of repetitions. When the number of service channel repetitions of the sm message is determined according to the maximum coverage level, since the public message is sent to all the terminals in the cell, when the coverage is increased, the sm message can be sent according to the repetition number corresponding to the maximum coverage level. Traffic channel. When the number of service channel repetitions carrying the sm message is determined according to the periodic configuration of sm, the number of repetitions is determined in consecutive sm periods within the range of the sm update period. When the number of service channel repetitions carrying the sm message is determined according to a predefined value, the predefined value is used as the number of repetitions. The number of repetitions of the service channel that carries the RAR message is determined according to the Preamble sent by the UE in the random access procedure, or is determined according to the maximum coverage level; or a predefined value; the number of repetitions of the service channel carrying the paging message is determined according to the coverage level of the UE, or Determined according to the maximum coverage level; or, determined according to signaling, or a predefined value; specifically, the signaling is located in the sm or the main information block
(Master Information Block, 简称为 MIB ) 中, 或者是 RRC信令。 优选地, 重复传输的业务信道的重复次数为预定义的固定值, 预定义值是在有限 集合中选取, 优选的有限集合为 {2、 4、 10、 20、 50、 100、 200、 400}。 重复传输的业 务信道的重复子帧为连续占用或者按照预定义的方式占用。 优选地, 根据终端发送的 Preamble确定包括: 根据 Preamble 的时频资源和 /或(Master Information Block, abbreviated as MIB), or RRC signaling. Preferably, the number of repetitions of the repeatedly transmitted traffic channel is a predefined fixed value, and the predefined value is selected in a limited set, and the preferred limited set is {2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 400} . The repeated subframes of the repeatedly transmitted traffic channel are occupied continuously or in a predefined manner. Preferably, the determining according to the Preamble sent by the terminal comprises: according to the time-frequency resource of the Preamble and/or
Preamble序列确定。 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道是以周期 M进行间歇重复发送的, 其中 M为 一个定值或一组值。 例如, 在周期 M中仅进行一次重复发送, 重复发送位于一个或多 个 sm周期中。 优选地, 基站以非周期方式重复发送, 终端盲检重复发送的承载 sm消息的业务 信道。 优选地, 在周期 M内只进行一次承载 sm消息的业务信道的密集重复发送, 保证 传统终端的正常通信需求。周期 M的优选值为 80ms、 160ms、 320ms、 640ms 1280ms、 5120ms 10240ms 优选地, 承载 sm消息的业务信道可以通过多个周期尝试解码来减少重复发送次 数, 优选的多个周期数目为 4、 8、 16、 32、 64。 例如, 在 N个周期中解调 N次, 只 要有 1次解调正确即认为可以正确获得相应的 sm消息。 优选地, 承载公有消息的业务信道在无控制信道调度指示的情况下重复传输频域 资源确定至少包含以下方式之一: 方式一: 重复传输的业务信道频域占用的 PRB数目在频域聚合等级 1、 2、 3、 6 中可选, MCS等级固定使用 BPSK或者 QPSK调制。通过 X-RNTI、 Y-RNTI、 Z-RNTI 加扰 CRC 比特。 X-RNTI 包括 SI-RNTI 禾 P M-SI-RNTI, Y-RNTI 包括 P-RNTI 和 M-P-RNTI, Z-RNTI包括 RA-RNTI和 M-RA-RNTI, 其中 M-SI-RNTI、 M-P-RNTI和 M-RA-RNTI与 SI-RNTI、 P-RNTI和 RA-RNTI的取值不同。 例如, M-SI-RNTI不同于 SI-RNTI的取值, 取值范围为 0001-FFFC。 M-P-RNTI不同于 P-RNTI的取值, 取值范 围为 0001-FFFC。 M-RA-RNTI不同于 RA -RNTI的取值, 取值范围为 003D-FFFC。 方式二: 重复传输的业务信道频域占用的 PRB资源由 RRC信令指示。 方式三: 重复传输的业务信道频域占用的 PRB资源是预定义的。 优选地, 在方式一中, 终端需要盲检测承载公有消息的业务信道的 PRB资源, 检 测时按照聚合等级依次检测相应的候选集。在方式二或方式三中,终端通过 RRC信令 或预定义方式得知承载公有消息的业务信道的 PRB资源位置, 直接在相应 PRB资源 检测公有消息即可。 优选地, PRB的起始位置从 PRB编号最小或最大开始, 或者 PRB起始位置由公 式 + '确定, 其中 L=123、 6; O^^^Jmcxi 或 Yk = (A -k - SFN - nRNTI ) modD; m = 1'2,..., M(L) . WPRB,t =6 ; —种可能的搜索空间如表 1所示。 表 1 PRB搜索空间 The Preamble sequence is determined. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message is intermittently transmitted in a period M, where M is a fixed value or a set of values. For example, only one repetition is sent in cycle M, and repeated transmissions are in one or more sm cycles. Preferably, the base station repeatedly transmits in an aperiodic manner, and the terminal blindly detects the repeated transmission of the traffic channel carrying the sm message. Preferably, the dense repeated transmission of the traffic channel carrying the sm message is performed only once in the period M, thereby ensuring the normal communication requirement of the legacy terminal. The preferred values for the period M are 80ms, 160ms, 320ms, 640ms, 1280ms, 5120ms, 10240ms. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the sm message can reduce the number of repeated transmissions by attempting decoding by multiple cycles, and the preferred number of cycles is 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. For example, demodulation N times in N cycles, as long as one demodulation is correct, it is considered that the corresponding sm message can be correctly obtained. Preferably, the service channel carrying the public message repeatedly transmits the frequency domain resource in the absence of the control channel scheduling indication, and includes at least one of the following manners: Mode 1: The number of PRBs occupied by the frequency channel of the repeatedly transmitted traffic channel is in the frequency domain aggregation level. Optional 1, 2, 3, and 6. The MCS level is fixed using BPSK or QPSK modulation. The CRC bits are scrambled by X-RNTI, Y-RNTI, Z-RNTI. The X-RNTI includes the SI-RNTI and the P-M-SI-RNTI, the Y-RNTI includes the P-RNTI and the MP-RNTI, and the Z-RNTI includes the RA-RNTI and the M-RA-RNTI, where the M-SI-RNTI, the MP- The values of RNTI and M-RA-RNTI are different from those of SI-RNTI, P-RNTI, and RA-RNTI. For example, the M-SI-RNTI is different from the value of the SI-RNTI, and the value ranges from 0001 to FFFC. The value of the MP-RNTI is different from that of the P-RNTI, and the value ranges from 0001 to FFFC. The value of the M-RA-RNTI is different from that of the RA-RNTI, and the value ranges from 003D to FFFC. Manner 2: The PRB resources occupied by the frequency domain of the repeated transmission traffic channel are indicated by RRC signaling. Manner 3: The PRB resources occupied by the frequency domain of the repeated transmission traffic channel are predefined. Preferably, in the first method, the terminal needs to blindly detect the PRB resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message, and sequentially detect the corresponding candidate set according to the aggregation level. In mode 2 or mode 3, the terminal learns the PRB resource location of the service channel carrying the public message through RRC signaling or a predefined manner, and directly detects the public message in the corresponding PRB resource. Preferably, the starting position of the PRB starts from the smallest or largest PRB number, or the starting position of the PRB is determined by the formula + ', where L=1 , 2 , 3 , 6; O^^^Jmcxi or Y k = (A - k - SFN - nRNTI ) modD; m = 1 '2,..., M (L) . W PRB , t =6 ; — Possible search spaces are shown in Table 1. Table 1 PRB search space
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
优选地, 对于方式二和方式三, 所分配的 PRB资源可以是连续或者离散的, 且不 超过 6个 PRB。 优选地重复传输的业务信道在各子帧内起始符号根据系统带宽确定, 例如, 当系 统带宽为 1.4MHz时, 固定从第 5个 OFDM符号开始检测, 当系统带宽 >1.4MHz时, 固定从第 4个 OFDM符号开始检测。或者, 重复传输的业务信道在各子帧内起始符号 统一从第 3个 OFDM符号开始。 优选地, 如图 6所示, 重复传输的业务信道承载 sm时, 在大覆盖等级时占用的 资源包含小覆盖等级时占用的资源。 优选地, 重复传输的业务信道的子帧起始位置由以下方式之一确定: 方式一: 承载 SIB、 RAR、 Paging消息的业务信道的子帧起始位置均独立配置。 方式二: 承载 sm消息重复传输的业务信道的子帧起始位置 k满足关系式 (k + h*n) mod M=i。其中 k表示起始子帧在无线帧内可用下行子帧的编号(TDD中按照无 线帧中可用下行子帧重新顺序编号), 0^k^h-l , n表示起始子帧 k所在的无线帧, h 为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, M表示间歇重复传输的周期, 0 i h-l。 具体的, i优选值为 4或 5或 9。 方式三: 承载 RAR、 paging消息重复传输的业务信道的子帧起始位置 k满足关系 式 (k + h*n) mod N=j。 其中 k表示起始子帧在无线帧内可用下行子帧的编号 (TDD 中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新顺序编号), 0^k^h-l , n表示起始子帧 k所在的无 线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, N表示重复传输次数, 0 j h-l。 具体的, 当承载的是 Paging消息时 j优选值为 0或 5。 方式四: RAR 的起始子帧为根据 Preamble 序列所在的子帧确定, 或者, 根据 Preamble序列的类型确定, 或者, 根据 Preamble对应的覆盖等级确定, 或者, 根据预 定义的覆盖等级确定; 优选地, 重复传输的业务信道使用的子帧位置由承载的公有消息类型确定,包括: 方式 1 : RAR对应子帧为连续的方式划分; 方式 2: Paging对应子帧为离散选择方式; 具体的, 包括信令配置对应子帧。 例 如: Y个无线帧为一个传输周期, 一个传输周期内有 X个可以传输的特定位置, 每个 X特定为可以是连续的子帧或离散的子帧; 方式 3 : sm对应周期重复发送方式; 具体的, 发送时按照包含 sm消息周期整 数倍的周期 Ml发送, 终端在周期 Ml 内合并解码, 其中周期 Ml小于 sm消息的更 新周期。 优选地, 公有消息采用周期重复发送方式时, 重复发送子帧上承载公有消息的业 务信道的频域位置相同; 优选地, 承载公有消息的业务信道在有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 在重复发送 子帧上承载公有消息的业务信道对应的控制信道所在的资源相同; 优选地, 控制信道的重复次数根据最大覆盖等级确定, 或者根据公有消息类型Preferably, for mode 2 and mode 3, the allocated PRB resources may be continuous or discrete, and no more than 6 PRBs. Preferably, the repeated transmission of the traffic channel is determined according to the system bandwidth in each subframe. For example, when the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, the detection starts from the 5th OFDM symbol, and when the system bandwidth is >1.4 MHz, the fixed slave is fixed. The 4th OFDM symbol starts detection. Alternatively, the repeated transmission of the traffic channel starts from the third OFDM symbol uniformly in each subframe. Preferably, as shown in FIG. 6, when the repeatedly transmitted traffic channel carries sm, the resources occupied when the large coverage level contains resources occupied by the small coverage level. Preferably, the subframe start position of the repeatedly transmitted traffic channel is determined by one of the following manners: Mode 1: The subframe start positions of the traffic channels carrying the SIB, RAR, and Paging messages are independently configured. Manner 2: The subframe start position k of the traffic channel carrying the sm message repeated transmission satisfies the relation (k + h*n) mod M=i. Where k is the number of the downlink subframes available for the start subframe in the radio frame (the TDD is sequentially numbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame), 0^k^hl, where n indicates the radio frame where the start subframe k is located. , h is the number of available downlink subframes contained in one radio frame, and M is the period of intermittent retransmission, 0 i hl. Specifically, i preferably has a value of 4 or 5 or 9. Manner 3: The subframe start position k of the traffic channel carrying the repeated transmission of the RAR and the paging message satisfies the relation (k + h*n) mod N=j. Where k is the number of the downlink subframes available for the starting subframe in the radio frame (the TDD is sequentially numbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame), 0^k^hl, where n represents the radio frame where the starting subframe k is located. , h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, and N is the number of repeated transmissions, 0 j hl. Specifically, j is preferably 0 or 5 when the Paging message is carried. Manner 4: The starting subframe of the RAR is determined according to the subframe in which the Preamble sequence is located, or determined according to the type of the Preamble sequence, or determined according to the coverage level corresponding to the Preamble, or determined according to a predefined coverage level; The subframe position used by the retransmitted traffic channel is determined by the bearer public message type, and includes: mode 1: RAR corresponding subframe is divided into consecutive modes; mode 2: Paging corresponding subframe is discrete selection mode; specifically, including The signaling configuration corresponds to a subframe. For example: Y radio frames are one transmission period, and there are X specific positions that can be transmitted in one transmission period, and each X is specifically a continuous subframe or a discrete subframe; Mode 3: sm corresponds to a periodic repeat transmission mode; specifically, the transmission is sent according to a period M1 including an integer multiple of the sm message period, and the terminal merges and decodes in the period M1, wherein the period M1 is smaller than the update period of the sm message. Preferably, when the public message adopts the cyclically repeated transmission mode, the frequency domain location of the traffic channel carrying the public message on the repeated transmission subframe is the same; preferably, the traffic channel carrying the public message is repeated in the case of the control channel scheduling indication. The resources of the control channel corresponding to the service channel carrying the public message on the transmitting subframe are the same; preferably, the number of repetitions of the control channel is determined according to the maximum coverage level, or according to the public message type.
( SIB、 RAR、 Paging)确定重复次数。 具体的, SIB根据最大覆盖等级确定, RAR根 据 UE发送的 Preamble确定, Paging根据 RRC信令或 UE覆盖等级确定。业务信道重 复传输占用资源的方式包括高覆盖等级时对应的占用资源包含低覆盖等级时对应的占 用资源。 优选地, 承载公有消息的业务信道在有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 承载 sm消 息的业务信道对应的控制信道使用 M-SI-RNTI 或者 SI-RNTI 加扰 CRC, 其中, M-SI-RNTI为预定义值; 优选地, M-SI-RNTI加扰的 PDCCH与所调度的 PDSCH可以在相同子帧或者不同 子帧。 下面以 FDD和 TDD系统为例, 对本优选实施例所提供的公有消息传输方法进行 描述说明。 优选实施方式一 图 7是根据本发明优选实施例的公有消息传输方法的流程示意图一,如图 7所示, 基站侧的处理步骤包括: 步骤 S701 , 基站发送公有消息, 同时不使用控制信道调度指示承载系统消息的业 务信道进行传输。 固定起始子帧位置为无线帧的子帧 5。 重复子帧占用无线帧中的子 帧 0、 4、 5、 9。 此时基站根据最大覆盖等级, 确定重复次数为 20次。 基站选择 L=6 的频域聚合等级传输公有消息。此时重复的 20个子帧传输相同的公有消息,且这些子 帧选择 L=6的搜索空间中候选集的第 1个位置作为传输该公有消息的资源。 该公有消 息采用 QPSK调制方式, 此时公有消息所添加的 CRC信息是由 SI-RNTI或 RA-RNTI 或 P-RNTI加扰的。 步骤 S702, 基站在确定好的资源上重复发送承载公有消息的业务信道。业务信道 在非连续的预定义子帧中达到重复次数后完成一次发送。 图 8是根据本发明优选实施例的公有消息传输方法的流程示意图二,如图 8所示, 终端侧的处理步骤包括: 步骤 S801 , 终端接收公有消息, 需要盲检接收承载公有消息的业务信道。 终端在 无线帧中的子帧 5作为一次检测的开始。 终端根据小区中最大覆盖等级确定该公有消 息重复传输了 20次, 因此需要进行 20次合并接收处理。终端在无线帧中的子帧 0、 4、 5、 9中进行检测合并。 在频域资源进行盲检测, 按照各个聚合等级依次检测相应的候 选集, 对各个子帧的相同聚合等级的相同的候选集进行合并解调处理, 根据加扰在公 有消息的 CRC上 RNTI校验通过得到要接收的公有消息,否则当所有的聚合等级的候 选集都检测过之后还未得到所需的公有消息则认为没有接收到相应的公有消息。 步骤 S802, 终端在每个无线帧的子帧 5都进行一次重复解调, 在相应的资源上解 调出公有消息。 通过本优选实施方式, 可以灵活配置承载公有消息的业务信道的发送资源, 通过 业务信道的重复传输, 保证有覆盖增强需求的终端接收基站的公有消息。 优选实施方式二 仍然参考图 7, 基站侧的处理步骤包括: 步骤 S70i, 基站发送 smi消息, 同时不使用控制信道调度指示承载 smi消息的 业务信道进行传输。 固定起始子帧位置 k满足关系式 (k + h*n) mod M=i。 其中 k表 示起始子帧在无线帧内可用下行子帧的编号(TDD中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新 顺序编号), 0^k^h-l , n表示起始子帧 k所在的无线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可 用下行子帧数量, M表示间歇重复传输的周期且 M此时为 1280ms, i优选值为 9。 重 复子帧占用无线帧中的子帧 0、 4、 5、 9。 此时基站根据覆盖等级, 确定重复次数为 50 次。 基站选择 L=3的频域聚合等级传输 smi消息。 此时重复的 20个子帧传输相同的 SIB1消息, 且这些子帧选择 L=3的搜索空间中候选集的第 1个位置作为传输该 SIB1 消息的资源。 该 smi消息采用 QPSK调制方式, 此时 smi消息所添加的 CRC信息 由 M-SI-RNTI加扰的。 步骤 S702, 基站在确定好的资源上重复发送承载 smi消息的业务信道。 业务信 道在非连续的预定义子帧中达到重复次数后完成一次发送。 仍然参考图 8, 终端侧的处理步骤包括: 步骤 S80i, 终端接收 smi消息, 需要盲检接收承载 smi消息的业务信道。 终端 在固定起始子帧位置 k满足关系式 (k + h*n) mod M=i作为一次检测的开始。 其中 k 表示起始子帧在无线帧内可用下行子帧的编号(TDD中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重 新顺序编号), 0^k^h-l , n表示起始子帧 k所在的无线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的 可用下行子帧数量, M表示间歇重复传输的周期且 M此时为 1280ms, i优选值为 9。 终端根据覆盖等级确定该 smi消息重复传输了 50次,因此需要进行 50次合并接收处 理。 终端在无线帧中的子帧 0、 4、 5、 9中进行检测合并。 在频域资源进行盲检测, 按 照各个聚合等级依次检测相应的候选集, 对各个子帧的相同聚合等级的相同的候选集 进行合并解调处理,根据加扰在 smi消息的 CRC上 RNTi校验通过得到要接收的 smi 消息,否则当所有的聚合等级的候选集都检测过之后还未得到所需的 smi消息则认为 没有接收到相应的 smi消息。 步骤 S802, 终端在周期 M内满足起始子帧位置的子帧进行一次重复解调, 在相 应的资源上解调出公有消息。 通过本优选实施方式,可以灵活配置承载 smi消息的业务信道的发送资源,通过 业务信道的重复传输, 保证有覆盖增强需求的终端接收基站的 smi消息。 优选实施方式三 仍然参考图 7, 基站侧的处理步骤包括: 步骤 S70i, 基站发送 sm消息, 同时不使用控制信道调度指示承载 sm消息的业 务信道进行传输。 固定起始子帧位置 k满足关系式 (k + h*n) mod M=i。 其中 k表示 起始子帧在无线帧内可用下行子帧的编号(TDD中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧重新顺 序编号), 0^k^h-l , n表示起始子帧 k所在的无线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用 下行子帧数量, M表示间歇重复传输的周期且 M此时为 160ms, i优选值为 4。 重复 子帧占用无线帧中的子帧 4、 9。 此时基站根据覆盖等级, 确定重复次数为 10次。 基 站在预定义的频域位置传输 SIB消息, 在中心 1.4MHz带宽的 6个 PRB上传输。 此时 重复的 10个子帧传输相同的 SIB消息,且这些子帧均在预定义的中心 1.4MHz带宽的(SIB, RAR, Paging) determines the number of repetitions. Specifically, the SIB is determined according to the maximum coverage level, and the RAR is determined according to the Preamble sent by the UE, and the Paging is determined according to the RRC signaling or the UE coverage level. The manner in which the service channel repeatedly transmits the occupied resources includes the corresponding occupied resources when the occupied resource includes the low coverage level when the high coverage level is included. Preferably, the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, and the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the sm message uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC, where the M-SI-RNTI For a predefined value; preferably, the M-SI-RNTI scrambled PDCCH and the scheduled PDSCH may be in the same subframe or different subframes. The public message transmission method provided by the preferred embodiment will be described below by taking the FDD and TDD systems as an example. FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart 1 of a public message transmission method according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the processing procedure on the base station side includes: Step S701: The base station sends a public message without using control channel scheduling. Indicates that the traffic channel carrying the system message is transmitted. The fixed starting subframe position is subframe 5 of the radio frame. The repeated subframe occupies subframes 0, 4, 5, and 9 in the radio frame. At this time, the base station determines the number of repetitions to be 20 times according to the maximum coverage level. The base station selects a frequency domain aggregation level of L=6 to transmit the public message. At this time, the repeated 20 subframes transmit the same public message, and these subframes select the first location of the candidate set in the search space of L=6 as the resource for transmitting the public message. The public message adopts a QPSK modulation mode, and the CRC information added by the public message is scrambled by the SI-RNTI or the RA-RNTI or the P-RNTI. Step S702: The base station repeatedly sends the service channel carrying the public message on the determined good resource. The traffic channel completes a transmission after reaching the number of repetitions in a non-contiguous predefined subframe. FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart 2 of a public message transmission method according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the processing procedure on the terminal side includes: Step S801: The terminal receives a public message, and needs to blindly receive a service channel carrying a public message. . The subframe 5 of the terminal in the radio frame serves as the start of one detection. The terminal determines that the public message is repeatedly transmitted 20 times according to the maximum coverage level in the cell, and therefore needs to perform 20 combined reception processes. The terminal performs detection and merging in subframes 0, 4, 5, and 9 in the radio frame. The frequency domain resource is blindly detected, and the corresponding candidate set is sequentially detected according to each aggregation level, and the same candidate set of the same aggregation level of each subframe is combined and demodulated, and the RNTI check is performed on the CRC of the public message according to the scrambling. By obtaining the public message to be received, otherwise the corresponding public message is not received after all the candidate sets of the aggregation level have been detected, it is considered that the corresponding public message is not received. Step S802, the terminal performs demodulation once in each subframe 5 of each radio frame, and demodulates the public message on the corresponding resource. With the preferred embodiment, the transmission resource of the service channel carrying the public message can be flexibly configured, and the terminal having the coverage enhancement requirement can receive the public message of the base station through repeated transmission of the service channel. The second embodiment still refers to FIG. 7. The processing procedure on the base station side includes: Step S70i: The base station sends the smi message, and does not use the control channel scheduling to indicate the traffic channel carrying the smi message for transmission. The fixed starting subframe position k satisfies the relationship (k + h*n) mod M=i. Where k is the number of the downlink subframes available for the start subframe in the radio frame (the TDD is sequentially numbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame), 0^k^hl, where n indicates the radio frame where the start subframe k is located. h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, M represents the period of intermittent retransmission and M is 1280 ms at this time, and i is preferably 9. The repeated subframe occupies subframes 0, 4, 5, and 9 in the radio frame. At this time, the base station determines the number of repetitions as 50 times according to the coverage level. The base station selects a frequency domain aggregation level of L=3 to transmit the smi message. At this time, the repeated 20 subframes transmit the same SIB1 message, and these subframes select the first position of the candidate set in the search space of L=3 as the resource for transmitting the SIB1 message. The smi message adopts a QPSK modulation mode, and the CRC information added by the smi message is scrambled by the M-SI-RNTI. Step S702: The base station repeatedly sends the service channel carrying the smi message on the determined good resource. The traffic channel completes a transmission after reaching the number of repetitions in a non-contiguous predefined subframe. Still referring to FIG. 8, the processing procedure on the terminal side includes: Step S80i: The terminal receives the smi message, and needs to blindly receive the service channel carrying the smi message. The terminal satisfies the relation (k + h*n) mod M=i at the fixed start subframe position k as the start of one detection. Where k is the number of the downlink subframes available for the starting subframe in the radio frame (the TDD is sequentially numbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame), 0^k^hl, where n represents the radio frame where the starting subframe k is located. h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, M represents the period of intermittent retransmission and M is 1280 ms at this time, and i is preferably 9. The terminal determines that the smi message is repeatedly transmitted 50 times according to the coverage level, so 50 combined reception processing is required. The terminal performs detection and merging in subframes 0, 4, 5, and 9 in the radio frame. The frequency domain resources are blindly detected, and the corresponding candidate sets are sequentially detected according to the respective aggregation levels, and the same candidate set of the same aggregation level of each subframe is combined and demodulated, and the RNTi check is performed on the CRC of the smi message according to the scrambling. By obtaining the smi message to be received, otherwise the corresponding smi message is not received after all the candidate sets of the aggregation level have been detected and the corresponding smi message has not been received. Step S802, the terminal performs demodulation once in a subframe that satisfies the starting subframe position in the period M, and demodulates the public message on the corresponding resource. With the preferred embodiment, the transmission resource of the service channel carrying the smi message can be flexibly configured, and the terminal with the coverage enhancement requirement can receive the smi message of the base station through repeated transmission of the service channel. The third embodiment still refers to FIG. 7. The processing procedure on the base station side includes: Step S70i: The base station sends an sm message, and does not use the control channel scheduling to indicate the traffic channel carrying the sm message for transmission. The fixed starting subframe position k satisfies the relationship (k + h*n) mod M=i. Where k is the number of the downlink subframes available for the start subframe in the radio frame (the TDD is sequentially numbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame), 0^k^hl, where n indicates the radio frame where the start subframe k is located. h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, M represents the period of intermittent retransmission and M is now 160 ms, and i is preferably 4. The repeating subframe occupies subframes 4, 9 in the radio frame. At this time, the base station determines the number of repetitions to be 10 times according to the coverage level. The base station transmits SIB messages in a predefined frequency domain location, and transmits on the six PRBs of the center 1.4 MHz bandwidth. At this time, the repeated 10 subframes transmit the same SIB message, and these subframes are all in the predefined center 1.4MHz bandwidth.
6个 PRB传输该 sm消息。该 sm消息采用 QPSK调制方式, 此时 sm消息所添加的6 PRBs transmit the sm message. The sm message adopts QPSK modulation mode, and the sm message is added at this time.
CRC信息由 SI-RNTI加扰的。 步骤 S702, 基站在确定好的资源上重复发送承载 sm消息的业务信道。业务信道 在非连续的预定义子帧中达到重复次数后完成一次发送。 仍然参考图 8, 终端侧的处理步骤包括: 步骤 S80i, 终端接收 sm消息, 需要直接检测接收承载 sm消息的业务信道。 终 端在固定起始子帧位置 k满足关系式 (k + h*n) mod M 作为一次检测的开始。 其中 k表示起始子帧在无线帧内可用下行子帧的编号 (TDD中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧 重新顺序编号), 0^k^h-l , n表示起始子帧 k所在的无线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含 的可用下行子帧数量, M表示间歇重复传输的周期且 M此时为 160ms, i优选值为 4。 终端根据覆盖等级确定该 sm消息重复传输了 10次, 因此需要进行 10次合并接收处 理。终端在无线帧中的子帧 4、 9中进行检测合并。 同时终端进行 4个间歇周期的尝试 解码。 在预定义的频域资源, 即中心 1.4MHz带宽的 6个 PRB进行接收解调。 根据加 扰在 sm消息的 CRC上 RNTi校验通过得到要接收的 sm消息,否则认为没有接收到 相应的 sm消息。 步骤 S802, 终端在 4个周期 M内满足起始子帧位置的子帧进行一次重复解调, 在相应的资源上解调出公有消息。 通过本优选实施方式, 可以灵活配置承载 sm消息的业务信道的发送资源, 通过 业务信道的重复传输, 保证有覆盖增强需求的终端接收基站的 sm消息。 优选实施方式四 仍然参考图 7, 基站侧的处理步骤包括: 步骤 S70i, 基站发送 smi消息, 同时使用控制信道调度指示承载 smi消息的业 务信道进行传输。起始子帧位置独立配置为偶数无线帧的子帧 5。 sm对应周期重复发 送方式, 发送时按照包含 sm消息周期整数倍的周期 Ml发送, 终端在周期 Ml 内合 并解码, 其中周期 Ml小于 SIB消息的更新周期, 此时 Ml=320ms且小于 SIB1消息 的更新周期。基站侧在发送承载 smi消息的业务子帧之前发送调度该业务信道的控制 信道。 此时控制信道重复传输次数根据最大覆盖等级确定, 且这些传输控制信道的子 帧均选择 L=8的搜索空间中候选集的第 1个位置作为传输该控制信息的资源。 此时调 度 SIB 1消息的控制信道所添加的 CRC信息由 M-SI-RNTI加扰。 步骤 S702, 基站根据控制信道调度的资源上发送承载 smi消息的业务信道。 业 务信道在周期 Ml内完成一次周期重复发送。 仍然参考图 8, 终端侧的处理步骤包括: 步骤 S80i, 终端接收 smi消息, 首先需要盲检调度指示承载 smi消息的业务信 道的控制信道。 终端盲检重复发送的控制信道, 相同聚合等级时使用相同的候选集进 行合并接收解调, 并且使用 M-SI-RNTI进行 CRC解扰校验在判定正确的情况下得到 相应的控制信息。 根据控制信息的内容在相应的频域位置接收 smi消息, 接收 smi 消息可以在 Ml周期内进行偶数无线帧的子帧 5合并接收处理, 或者是以周期 Ml进 行非合并解调的尝试解码, 即 4个 smi周期的尝试解码。 步骤 S802, 终端在周期 Ml内进行一次解调, 在相应的资源上解调出公有消息。 本优选实施方式通过控制信道调度指示承载 smi消息的业务信道,但通过周期合 并解码或者是多个周期尝试解码得到相应的 smi消息,保证有覆盖增强需求的终端接 收基站的 smi消息。 优选实施方式五 仍然参考图 7, 基站侧的处理步骤包括: 步骤 S701 , 基站发送 RAR消息, 同时不使用控制信道调度指示承载 RAR消息的 业务信道进行传输。 RAR的起始子帧为根据 Preamble序列所在的子帧确定, 固定与 Preamble序列所在的结束子帧间隔 k个子帧, k=5。 重复子帧以连续子帧方式占用。 此时基站根据 UE发送的 Preamble确定重复次数为 10次。 基站在预定义的频域位置 传输 RAR消息, 在中心 1.4MHz带宽的 2个 PRB上传输。 此时重复的 10个子帧传输 相同的 RAR消息,且这些子帧均在预定义的中心 1 4MHz带宽的 2个 PRB传输该 RAR 消息。 该 RAR 消息采用 QPSK 调制方式, 此时 RAR 消息所添加的 CRC 信息由 M-RA-RNTI加扰的。 步骤 S702, 基站在确定好的资源上重复发送承载 RAR消息的业务信道。 业务信 道在连续的子帧中达到重复次数后完成一次发送。 仍然参考图 8, 终端侧的处理步骤包括: 步骤 S801 , 终端接收 RAR消息, 需要直接检测接收承载 RAR消息的业务信道。 终端在与自身发送 Preamble序列所在的结束子帧间隔 k个子帧 (k=5 ) 作为一次检测 的开始。 终端根据 Preamble确定该 RAR消息重复传输了 10次, 因此需要进行 10次 合并接收处理。终端在起始子帧后的连续 10个子帧进行检测合并。频域上进行盲检接 收合并,各个聚合等级按照相同的候选集进行合并接收。根据加扰在 RAR消息的 CRC 上 RNTI校验通过得到要接收的 RAR消息, 否则认为没有接收到相应的 RAR消息。 步骤 S802, 终端在从起始子帧开始后的连续的 10个子帧进行一次重复解调, 在 相应的资源上解调出 RAR消息。 通过本优选实施方式可以灵活配置承载 RAR消息的业务信道的发送资源,通过业 务信道的重复传输, 保证有覆盖增强需求的终端接收基站的 RAR消息。 优选实施方式六 仍然参考图 7, 基站侧的处理步骤包括: 步骤 S701 , 基站发送 Paging消息, 同时不使用控制信道调度指示承载 Paging消 息的业务信道进行传输。 固定起始子帧位置 H满足关系式 (H + h*n) mod T=j。 其中 H表示起始子帧在无线帧内可用下行子帧的编号(TDD中按照无线帧中可用下行子帧 重新顺序编号), O^H^h-1 , n表示起始子帧 H所在的无线帧, h为一个无线帧中包 含的可用下行子帧数量, T表示重复传输的周期且 T此时为 640ms, j优选值为 5。 重 复子帧占用无线帧中的子帧 0、 4、 5、 9。 此时基站根据覆盖等级, 确定重复次数为 20 次。 基站选择 L=2的频域聚合等级传输 Paging消息。 此时重复的 20个子帧传输相同 的 Paging消息, 且这些子帧选择 L=2的搜索空间中候选集的第 2个位置作为传输该 Paging消息的资源。 该 Paging消息采用 QPSK调制方式, 此时 Paging消息所添加的 CRC信息由 M-P-RNTI加扰的。 步骤 S702,基站在确定好的资源上重复发送承载 Paging消息的业务信道。业务信 道在非连续的预定义子帧中达到重复次数后完成一次发送。 仍然参考图 8, 终端侧的处理步骤包括: 步骤 S801 , 终端接收 Paging消息, 需要盲检接收承载 Paging消息的业务信道。 终端在固定起始子帧位置 H满足关系式 (H + h*n) mod T=j作为一次检测的开始。 其 中 H表示起始子帧在无线帧内可用下行子帧的编号(TDD中按照无线帧中可用下行子 帧重新顺序编号), O^H^h-1 , n表示起始子帧 H所在的无线帧, h为一个无线帧中 包含的可用下行子帧数量, T表示重复传输的周期且 T此时为 640ms, j优选值为 5。 终端根据覆盖等级确定该 Paging消息重复传输了 20次, 因此需要进行 20次合并接收 处理。 终端在无线帧中的子帧 0、 4、 5、 9中进行检测合并。 在频域资源进行盲检测, 按照各个聚合等级依次检测相应的候选集, 对各个子帧的相同聚合等级的相同的候选 集进行合并解调处理, 根据加扰在 Paging消息的 CRC上 RNTI校验通过得到要接收 的 Paging消息,否则当所有的聚合等级的候选集都检测过之后还未得到所需的 Paging 消息则认为没有接收到相应的 Paging消息。 步骤 S802, 终端在周期 T内满足起始子帧位置的子帧进行一次重复解调, 在相应 的资源上解调出 Paging消息。 通过本优选实施方式可以灵活配置承载 Paging消息的业务信道的发送资源,通过 业务信道的重复传输, 保证有覆盖增强需求的终端接收基站的 Paging消息。 从上述实施例可以看出, 本发明上述实施例、 优选实施例和优选实施方式提供的 公有消息传输方法, 解决了 LTE系统中在覆盖增强情况下公有消息大量重复传输时控 制开销降低等技术问题, 从而实现了在有覆盖增强需求下网络侧能够不通过大量重复 发送控制信道的同时, 保证对有覆盖增强需求的终端能够正确接收基站下发的公有消 息, 保证此类终端正常通信。 即采用本发明的技术方案, 可以减少 LTE系统中控制信 息开销, 提升公有消息传输效率, 改善部署在终端设备有覆盖增强需求环境下的覆盖 性能, 保证终端设备的正常通讯。 工业实用性 通过本发明实施例,采用基站根据覆盖等级,确定发送公有消息的时频资源位置; 通过该时频资源位置发送公有消息, 其中, 该公有消息承载在业务信道上的方式, 解 决了相关技术中没有一种在覆盖增强的场景下传输公有消息的方法所导致的问题, 从 而提供了一种在覆盖增强的场景下传输公有消息的方法。 显然, 本领域的技术人员应该明白, 上述的本发明的各模块或各步骤可以用通用 的计算装置来实现, 它们可以集中在单个的计算装置上, 或者分布在多个计算装置所 组成的网络上, 可选地, 它们可以用计算装置可执行的程序代码来实现, 从而, 可以 将它们存储在存储装置中由计算装置来执行, 或者将它们分别制作成各个集成电路模 块, 或者将它们中的多个模块或步骤制作成单个集成电路模块来实现。 这样, 本发明 不限制于任何特定的硬件和软件结合。 以上上述仅为本发明的优选实施例而已, 并不用于限制本发明, 对于本领域的技 术人员来说, 本发明可以有各种更改和变化。 凡在本发明的精神和原则之内, 所作的 任何修改、 等同替换、 改进等, 均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。 The CRC information is scrambled by the SI-RNTI. Step S702: The base station repeatedly sends the service channel carrying the sm message on the determined good resource. The traffic channel completes a transmission after reaching the number of repetitions in a non-contiguous predefined subframe. Still referring to FIG. 8, the processing step on the terminal side includes: Step S80i: The terminal receives the sm message, and needs to directly detect the service channel that receives the bearer sm message. The terminal satisfies the relation (k + h*n) mod M at the fixed start subframe position k as the start of one detection. Where k is the number of the downlink subframes available for the start subframe in the radio frame (the TDD is sequentially numbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame), 0^k^hl, where n indicates the radio frame where the start subframe k is located. h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, M represents the period of intermittent retransmission and M is now 160 ms, and i is preferably 4. The terminal determines that the sm message is repeatedly transmitted 10 times according to the coverage level, and therefore needs to perform 10 combined reception processes. The terminal performs detection combining in subframes 4, 9 in the radio frame. At the same time, the terminal performs four intermittent cycles of attempted decoding. Receive demodulation in a predefined frequency domain resource, that is, 6 PRBs with a center 1.4 MHz bandwidth. According to the scrambling RNTi check on the CRC of the sm message, the sm message to be received is obtained, otherwise it is considered that the corresponding sm message is not received. Step S802: The terminal performs demodulation once in a subframe that satisfies the starting subframe position in 4 periods M, and demodulates the public message on the corresponding resource. With the preferred embodiment, the transmission resource of the service channel carrying the sm message can be flexibly configured, and the terminal with the coverage enhancement requirement can receive the sm message of the base station through repeated transmission of the service channel. The preferred embodiment 4 is still referring to FIG. 7. The processing procedure on the base station side includes: Step S70i: The base station sends an smi message, and simultaneously uses a control channel scheduling to indicate a traffic channel carrying the smi message for transmission. The starting subframe position is independently configured as subframe 5 of the even radio frame. The sm corresponds to the periodic repeating transmission mode, and the sending is performed according to the period M1 including the integer multiple of the sm message period, and the terminal merges and decodes in the period M1, wherein the period M1 is smaller than the update period of the SIB message, and Ml=320ms and less than the update of the SIB1 message. cycle. The base station side sends a control channel for scheduling the traffic channel before transmitting the service subframe carrying the smi message. At this time, the number of times of repeated transmission of the control channel is determined according to the maximum coverage level, and the subframes of the transmission control channels select the first position of the candidate set in the search space of L=8 as the resource for transmitting the control information. The CRC information added by the control channel scheduling the SIB 1 message at this time is scrambled by the M-SI-RNTI. Step S702: The base station sends a traffic channel carrying the smi message according to the resource scheduled by the control channel. The traffic channel performs a periodic repeat transmission within the period M1. Still referring to FIG. 8, the processing steps on the terminal side include: Step S80i: The terminal receives the smi message, and first needs to blindly check the control channel indicating the traffic channel carrying the smi message. The terminal blindly detects the repeatedly transmitted control channel, uses the same candidate set for the combined reception and demodulation at the same aggregation level, and performs CRC descrambling verification using the M-SI-RNTI to obtain corresponding control information when the determination is correct. Receiving, according to the content of the control information, the smi message in the corresponding frequency domain position, and receiving the smi message may perform the subframe 5 combined reception processing of the even radio frame in the M1 period, or attempt decoding of the non-merging demodulation in the period M1, that is, Attempts to decode 4 smi cycles. Step S802, the terminal performs demodulation once in the period M1, and demodulates the public message on the corresponding resource. In the preferred embodiment, the control channel is configured to indicate the traffic channel carrying the smi message, but the corresponding smi message is obtained by periodic merge decoding or multiple cycle attempts to ensure that the terminal with the coverage enhancement requirement receives the smi message of the base station. The fifth embodiment still refers to FIG. 7. The processing procedure on the base station side includes: Step S701: The base station sends a RAR message, and does not use the control channel scheduling to indicate the traffic channel carrying the RAR message for transmission. The starting subframe of the RAR is determined according to the subframe in which the Preamble sequence is located, and is fixed by k subframes separated from the ending subframe where the Preamble sequence is located, k=5. Repeated subframes are occupied in consecutive subframes. At this time, the base station determines the number of repetitions as 10 times according to the Preamble sent by the UE. The base station transmits RAR messages in a predefined frequency domain location and transmits them on two PRBs in the center 1.4 MHz bandwidth. The repeated 10 subframes at this time transmit the same RAR message, and these subframes transmit the RAR message in 2 PRBs of a predefined center 1 4 MHz bandwidth. The RAR message is in QPSK modulation mode, and the CRC information added by the RAR message is scrambled by the M-RA-RNTI. Step S702: The base station repeatedly sends the service channel carrying the RAR message on the determined good resource. The traffic channel completes the transmission after reaching the number of repetitions in consecutive subframes. Still referring to FIG. 8, the processing step on the terminal side includes: Step S801: The terminal receives the RAR message, and needs to directly detect the service channel that receives the RAR message. The terminal is separated from the end subframe in which the Preamble sequence is transmitted by itself by k subframes (k=5) as the start of one detection. The terminal determines that the RAR message is repeatedly transmitted 10 times according to the Preamble, and therefore needs to perform 10 combined reception processes. The terminal performs detection and combining in consecutive 10 subframes after the start subframe. Blind detection and combining are performed in the frequency domain, and each aggregation level is combined and received according to the same candidate set. According to the RNTI check on the CRC of the RAR message, the RAR message to be received is obtained, otherwise it is considered that the corresponding RAR message is not received. Step S802, the terminal performs demodulation once in consecutive 10 subframes from the start of the start subframe, and demodulates the RAR message on the corresponding resource. The present invention can flexibly configure the transmission resource of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message, and ensure that the terminal with the coverage enhancement requirement receives the RAR message of the base station through repeated transmission of the traffic channel. The preferred embodiment 6 is still referring to FIG. 7. The processing procedure on the base station side includes: Step S701: The base station sends a Paging message, and does not use the control channel scheduling to indicate the traffic channel carrying the Paging message for transmission. The fixed start subframe position H satisfies the relationship (H + h*n) mod T=j. Where H is the number of the downlink subframes available for the starting subframe in the radio frame (the TDD is sequentially numbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame), O^H^h-1, where n indicates the location of the starting subframe H. The radio frame, h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, T represents the period of repeated transmission and T is 640 ms at this time, and j is preferably 5. The repeated subframe occupies subframes 0, 4, 5, and 9 in the radio frame. At this time, the base station determines the number of repetitions to be 20 times according to the coverage level. The base station selects a frequency domain aggregation level of L=2 to transmit a Paging message. At this time, the repeated 20 subframes transmit the same Paging message, and these subframes select the second location of the candidate set in the search space of L=2 as the resource for transmitting the paging message. The Paging message adopts a QPSK modulation mode, and the CRC information added by the Paging message is scrambled by the MP-RNTI. Step S702, the base station repeatedly sends the service channel carrying the Paging message on the determined good resource. The traffic channel completes a transmission after reaching the number of repetitions in a non-contiguous predefined subframe. Still referring to FIG. 8, the processing steps on the terminal side include: Step S801: The terminal receives the Paging message, and needs to blindly receive the service channel carrying the Paging message. The terminal satisfies the relation (H + h*n) mod T=j at the fixed start subframe position H as the start of one detection. Where H is the number of the downlink subframes available for the starting subframe in the radio frame (the TDD is sequentially numbered according to the available downlink subframes in the radio frame), O^H^h-1, where n indicates the location of the starting subframe H. The radio frame, h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, T represents the period of repeated transmission and T is 640 ms at this time, and j is preferably 5. The terminal determines that the paging message is repeatedly transmitted 20 times according to the coverage level, so 20 combined reception processing is required. The terminal performs detection and merging in subframes 0, 4, 5, and 9 in the radio frame. The frequency domain resource is blindly detected, and the corresponding candidate set is sequentially detected according to each aggregation level, and the same candidate set of the same aggregation level of each subframe is combined and demodulated, and the RNTI check is performed on the CRC of the Paging message according to the scrambling. By obtaining the Paging message to be received, otherwise the corresponding Paging message is not received after all the candidate sets of the aggregation level have been detected, the corresponding Paging message is not received. Step S802, the terminal performs demodulation once in a subframe that satisfies the starting subframe position in the period T, and demodulates the Paging message on the corresponding resource. The present invention can flexibly configure the transmission resource of the traffic channel carrying the Paging message, and ensure that the terminal with the coverage enhancement requirement receives the Paging message of the base station through repeated transmission of the traffic channel. It can be seen from the above embodiments that the public message transmission method provided by the foregoing embodiments, preferred embodiments, and preferred embodiments of the present invention solves technical problems such as reduced control overhead when a large number of public messages are repeatedly transmitted in the case of coverage enhancement in the LTE system. Therefore, the network side can ensure that the terminal with the coverage enhancement requirement can correctly receive the public message delivered by the base station and ensure the normal communication of the terminal. That is, the technical solution of the present invention can reduce the control information overhead in the LTE system, improve the transmission efficiency of the public message, improve the coverage performance of the deployment in the coverage enhancement environment of the terminal device, and ensure the normal communication of the terminal device. Industrial Applicability According to the embodiment of the present invention, the base station determines the location of the time-frequency resource for transmitting the public message according to the coverage level, and transmits the public message by using the time-frequency resource location, where the public message is carried on the service channel, and the method is solved. None of the related art causes a problem caused by a method of transmitting a public message in an overlay enhanced scenario, thereby providing a method for transmitting a public message in an overlay enhanced scenario. Obviously, those skilled in the art should understand that the above modules or steps of the present invention can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device, which can be concentrated on a single computing device or distributed over a network composed of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device, such that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device, or they may be separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or they may be Multiple modules or steps are made into a single integrated circuit module. Thus, the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software. The above is only the preferred embodiment of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the present invention, and various modifications and changes can be made to the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and scope of the present invention are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 Claim
1. 一种公有消息发送方法, 包括: 1. A public message sending method, including:
基站根据覆盖等级, 确定发送公有消息的时频资源位置;  The base station determines, according to the coverage level, a time-frequency resource location for transmitting the public message;
通过所述时频资源位置发送所述公有消息, 其中, 所述公有消息承载在业 务信道上。  And transmitting the public message by using the time-frequency resource location, where the public message is carried on a service channel.
2. 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 所述业务信道在所述时频资源位置重复发 送, 其中, 所述业务信道的重复发送次数通过以下至少之一的方式确定: 承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道的重复发送次数不同于以小区无线网络 临时标识 C-RNTI加扰的控制信道所调度的业务信道的重复发送次数; 2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the traffic channel is repeatedly transmitted at the time-frequency resource location, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel is determined by at least one of the following: carrying the public The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel of the message is different from the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel scheduled by the control channel scrambled by the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI;
承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道的重复发送次数相同;  The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is the same;
根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 确定对应的所述业务信道的重复发送次 数;  Determining, according to the type of the public message that is carried, the number of repeated transmissions of the corresponding service channel;
其中, 所述公有消息包括以下至少之一: 系统信息块 sm消息、 随机接入 响应 RAR消息、 寻呼 Paging消息。  The public message includes at least one of the following: a system information block sm message, a random access response RAR message, and a paging Paging message.
3. 根据权利要求 2所述的方法, 其中, 根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 确定对 应的所述业务信道的重复发送次数包括以下至少之一: The method according to claim 2, wherein, according to the type of the public message that is carried, determining the number of repeated transmissions of the corresponding service channel includes at least one of the following:
根据广播信道的重复发送次数、 所述基站的最大覆盖等级、 所述 sm消息 的周期配置或者第一预定义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载所述 sm消息的 所述业务信道的重复发送次数;  Determining the repetition of the traffic channel carrying the sm message according to at least one of a number of repeated transmissions of the broadcast channel, a maximum coverage level of the base station, a periodic configuration of the sm message, or a first predefined value The number of transmissions;
根据用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、 所述基站的最大覆盖等级、 所述 用户设备的覆盖等级或者第二预定义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载所述 Determining the bearer according to at least one of a preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, a maximum coverage level of the base station, a coverage level of the user equipment, or a second predefined value.
RAR消息的所述业务信道的重复发送次数; The number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel of the RAR message;
根据所述用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、 所述基站的最大覆盖等级、 所述用户设备的覆盖等级、无线资源控制层 RRC信令或者第三预定义值之中的 至少一种方式, 确定承载所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的重复发送次数。 And according to at least one of a preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, a maximum coverage level of the base station, a coverage level of the user equipment, a radio resource control layer RRC signaling, or a third predefined value. And determining a number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel that carries the Paging message.
4. 根据权利要求 3所述的方法, 其中, 根据所述用户设备在随机接入中发送的所 述前导, 确定承载所述 RAR消息或所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的重复发 送次数包括: The method according to claim 3, wherein, according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, determining that the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message includes :
根据所述前导的时频资源或者所述前导的序列, 确定承载所述 RAR消息 或所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的重复发送次数。  Determining the number of repeated transmissions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message according to the time-frequency resource of the preamble or the sequence of the preamble.
5. 根据权利要求 2所述的方法, 其中, 承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道根据预 设周期间歇重复发送, 其中, 所述预设周期为固定时长的周期或者根据第四预 定义值配置的一组时长的周期。 The method according to claim 2, wherein the traffic channel carrying the sm message is intermittently repeatedly transmitted according to a preset period, wherein the preset period is a period of a fixed duration or according to a fourth predefined value. A set of periods of a set of durations.
6. 根据权利要求 5所述的方法, 其中, 承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道在所述 预设周期中进行一次重复发送, 且所述一次重复发送位于一个或者多个 sm周 期中。 The method according to claim 5, wherein the traffic channel carrying the sm message is repeatedly transmitted in the preset period, and the one-time repeated transmission is located in one or more sm periods.
7. 根据权利要求 2所述的方法, 其中, 承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道呈非周 期性重复发送。 The method according to claim 2, wherein the traffic channel carrying the sm message is repeatedly transmitted in a non-periodic manner.
8. 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道在无控 制信道调度指示的情况下, 通过以下至少之一的方式确定用于重复发送所述业 务信道的频域资源: The method according to claim 1, wherein the traffic channel carrying the public message, in the case of no control channel scheduling indication, determines, by way of at least one of the following, for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel. Frequency domain resources:
在频域聚合等级中,确定所述频域资源占用的物理资源块 PRB资源中 PRB 的数目, 其中, 在所述频域资源上采用二进制移相键控 BPSK调制或者正交相 移键控 QPSK调制, 并分别通过第一无线网络临时标识 RNTI、第二 RNTI和第 三 RNTI加扰所述公有消息对应的循环冗余校验 CRC 比特; 其中, 所述第一 RNTI包括取值不同的 SI-RNTI和 M-SI-RNTI, 用于所述 SIB消息对应的 CRC 比特的加扰; 所述第二 RNTI包括取值不同的 P-RNTI和 M-P-RNTI, 用于所述 Paging消息对应的 CRC比特的加扰;所述第三 RNTI包括取值不同的 RA-RNTI 和 M-RA-RNTI, 用于所述 RAR消息对应的 CRC比特的加扰;  Determining, in a frequency domain aggregation level, a number of PRBs in a physical resource block PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource, where a binary phase shift keying BPSK modulation or a quadrature phase shift keying QPSK is used on the frequency domain resource. Modulating, and scrambling the cyclic redundancy check CRC bits corresponding to the public message by using the first radio network temporary identifier RNTI, the second RNTI, and the third RNTI, respectively, where the first RNTI includes different SI values The RNTI and the M-SI-RNTI are used for scrambling the CRC bits corresponding to the SIB message; the second RNTI includes a P-RNTI and an MP-RNTI with different values, and is used for the CRC bit corresponding to the Paging message. The third RNTI includes RA-RNTI and M-RA-RNTI with different values, and is used for scrambling of CRC bits corresponding to the RAR message;
根据 RRC信令的指示, 确定所述频域资源占用的所述 PRB资源; 根据第五预定义值, 确定所述频域资源占用的所述 PRB资源。  And determining, according to the indication of the RRC signaling, the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource; determining, according to the fifth predefined value, the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource.
9. 根据权利要求 8所述的方法, 其中, 所述 PRB资源的起始位置通过以下之一的 方式确定: 9. The method according to claim 8, wherein the starting position of the PRB resource is determined by one of the following:
确定所述 PRB资源中编号最小的 PRB资源为所述起始位置; 确定所述 PRB资源中编号最大的 PRB资源为所述起始位置; 根据公式 ^^^ + 111^^^^^^^'确定所述 PRB资源的所述起始位置; 其中, L 表示聚合等级; = ( "iW7T )m。d 或 = (H SW . ^^Jmod ; 1,2,···, M^ . M (U表示聚合等级 L对应的候选集数量; ^表示子帧号为 k 的子帧上用于无控制传输时承载公有消息的业务信道占用的 PRB总数; D表示 常数 65537; A表示常数 39827; k表示子帧号; i=0, ..., L-1表示一个聚合等 级对应的搜索单位; ^皿表示加扰 CRC比特的 RNTI取值, SFN表示无线帧 号, mod表示取模运算。 Determining that the PRB resource with the lowest number among the PRB resources is the starting location; Determining, by the formula ^^^ + 111 ^^^^^^^′, the starting position of the PRB resource with the highest numbered PRB resource in the PRB resource; wherein, L represents an aggregation Level; = ( "iW7T ) m.d or = (H SW . ^^Jmod ; 1, 2 ,···, M^ . M ( U represents the number of candidate sets corresponding to the aggregation level L; ^ indicates that the subframe number is The total number of PRBs occupied by the traffic channel carrying the public message when there is no control transmission on the subframe of k; D represents the constant 65537; A represents the constant 39827; k represents the subframe number; i=0, ..., L-1 represents A search unit corresponding to the aggregation level; ^ indicates the value of the RNTI that scrambles the CRC bits, SFN indicates the radio frame number, and mod indicates the modulo operation.
10. 根据权利要求 8所述的方法,其中,在根据 RRC信令的指示或根据第五预定义 值, 确定所述频域资源占用的所述 RPB资源的情况下, 所述 PRB资源为连续 或离散的 PRB资源, 且所述 RPB资源的 PRB数目小于或等于 6。 10. The method according to claim 8, wherein, in the case that the RPB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource is determined according to an indication of RRC signaling or according to a fifth predefined value, the PRB resource is continuous Or a discrete PRB resource, and the number of PRBs of the RPB resource is less than or equal to 6.
11. 根据权利要求 8所述的方法, 其中, 确定承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道在 传输所述业务信道的子帧内的起始位置为第 3个正交频分复用 OFDM符号,或 者, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道在所述子帧内的 起始符号。 11. The method according to claim 8, wherein: determining, at a starting position of the traffic channel carrying the public message in a subframe in which the traffic channel is transmitted, is a third orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol. Or, determining, according to the bandwidth of the system, a start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe.
12. 根据权利要求 11所述的方法, 其中, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载所述公有消息 的所述业务信道在所述子帧内的所述起始符号包括以下之一的方式: 12. The method according to claim 11, wherein, according to a bandwidth of the system, determining, according to a bandwidth of the system, the manner in which the start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe includes one of the following:
在所述系统带宽为 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定所述子帧的第 5个 OFDM符号 为所述起始符号;  And determining, in the case that the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, that the fifth OFDM symbol of the subframe is the start symbol;
在所述系统带宽大于 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定所述子帧的第 4个 OFDM符 号为所述起始符号。  In case the system bandwidth is greater than 1.4 MHz, the fourth OFDM symbol of the subframe is determined to be the start symbol.
13. 根据权利要求 2至 7中任一项所述的方法, 其中, 承载所述 sm消息的所述业 务信道在较大覆盖等级的情况下所占用的时频资源位置包含较小覆盖等级的情 况下所占用的时频资源位置。 The method according to any one of claims 2 to 7, wherein the time-frequency resource location occupied by the traffic channel carrying the sm message in the case of a larger coverage level comprises a smaller coverage level. The location of the time-frequency resource occupied in the case.
14. 根据权利要求 2至 7中任一项所述的方法, 其中, 用于传输所述业务信道的所 述子帧的起始位置通过以下方式之一确定: The method according to any one of claims 2 to 7, wherein the starting position of the subframe for transmitting the traffic channel is determined by one of the following ways:
根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 采用第六预定义值确定所述子帧的起始 位置; 根据 κ值确定用于传输承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道的所述子帧的起 始位置, 其中, 所述 K值满足关系式(K + h*n) mod M=i, 其中 K表示处于起 始位置的子帧在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 K h-l, n表示处于起始 位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h 为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧的数量, M 表示间歇重复传输的周期, 0 i h-l, 其中, 在时分双工 TDD系统中按照无 线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 根据 L值确定用于传输承载所述 RAR消息或所述 Paging消息的所述业务 信道的所述子帧的起始位置, 其中, 所述 L值满足关系式(L + h*n) mod N=j ; 其中 L 表示处于起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 L h-1 , n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用 下行子帧数量, N表示重复传输次数, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照 无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; Determining, according to the type of the public message that is carried, a starting position of the subframe by using a sixth predefined value; Determining, according to the κ value, a starting position of the subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the sm message, where the K value satisfies a relationship (K + h*n) mod M=i, where K Indicates the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 K hl, n indicates the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink subframe included in one radio frame. The number of times, M denotes the period of intermittent repeated transmission, 0 i hl, wherein, in the time division duplex TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-sequenced sequentially; the RAR message is determined to be transmitted according to the L value or a starting position of the subframe of the traffic channel of the paging message, where the L value satisfies a relation (L + h*n) mod N=j; where L represents a subframe at a starting position The number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame, 0 L h-1 , n indicates the radio frame in which the subframe at the starting position is located, h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, and N indicates repeated transmission. The number of times, 0 j hl, where, in the TDD system, according to none The downlink subframes may be renumbered sequentially in the line frame;
根据 H值确定用于传输承载所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的所述子帧的 起始位置, 其中, 所述 H值满足关系式 (H + h*n) mod T=j ; 其中 H表示处于 起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 H h-l, n表示处于起 始位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h 为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, T 表示重复传输的周期, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下 行子帧重新进行顺序编号; Determining, according to the H value, a starting position of the subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the Paging message, where the H value satisfies a relationship (H + h*n) mod T=j ; wherein H Indicates the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 H hl, n indicates the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink subframe included in one radio frame. The number, T represents the period of repeated transmission, 0 j hl, where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-ordered sequentially;
根据随机接入中的前导的序列所在的子帧、 所述序列的类型、 所述前导所 对应的所述基站的覆盖等级或者第七预定义值之中的一种方式, 确定用于传输 承载所述 RAR消息的所述业务信道的所述子帧的起始位置。  Determining for the transmission bearer according to one of a subframe in which the sequence of the preamble in the random access is located, a type of the sequence, a coverage level of the base station corresponding to the preamble, or a seventh predefined value The starting position of the subframe of the traffic channel of the RAR message.
15. 根据权利要求 2至 7中任一项所述的方法, 其中, 根据承载的所述公有消息的 类型, 确定所述子帧的位置包括以下至少之一: The method according to any one of claims 2 to 7, wherein determining the location of the subframe comprises at least one of the following according to a type of the public message that is carried:
确定用于传输承载所述 RAR消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用连续的方式 发送;  Determining that a subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the RAR message is sent in a continuous manner;
确定用于传输承载所述 Paging 消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用离散选择 的方式发送;  Determining that a subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the Paging message is sent in a discrete selection manner;
确定用于传输承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方 式发送。 Determining that a subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the sm message is transmitted in a cyclically repeated manner.
16. 根据权利要求 15所述的方法, 其中, 在确定用于传输承载所述 sm消息的所 述业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方式发送的情况下, 调度所述业务信道的控 制信道采用相同的周期重复的方式发送。 16. The method according to claim 15, wherein, in a case where it is determined that a subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the sm message is transmitted in a cyclically repeated manner, scheduling a control channel of the traffic channel is adopted The same cycle is sent in a repeating manner.
17. 根据权利要求 1至 7中任一项所述的方法, 其中, 在承载所述公有消息的所述 业务信道采用周期重复发送的情况下, 用于重复发送所述业务信道的多个子帧 上承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道的频域资源相同。 The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein, in the case that the traffic channel carrying the public message is periodically transmitted repeatedly, a plurality of subframes for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel are used. The frequency domain resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message are the same.
18. 根据权利要求 1至 7中任一项所述的方法, 其中, 在承载有所述公有消息的所 述业务信道有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 在用于重复发送所述业务信道的多 个子帧上, 承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道对应的控制信道占用的资源大小 相同。 The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein, in the case that the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, in a method for repeatedly transmitting the traffic channel On a plurality of subframes, the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the public message occupies the same resource size.
19. 根据权利要求 18所述的方法,其中,根据所述基站的最大覆盖等级或者对应的 所述业务信道承载的所述公有消息的类型,确定所述控制信道的重复发送次数。 The method according to claim 18, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the control channel is determined according to a maximum coverage level of the base station or a type of the public message carried by the corresponding traffic channel.
20. 根据权利要求 2至 7中任一项所述的方法, 其中, 在承载有所述公有消息的所 述业务信道有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 承载所述 sm消息的业务信道对应 的控制信道使用 M-SI-RNTI或者 SI-RNTI加扰 CRC比特,其中,所述 M-SI-RNTI 的取值不同于所述 SI-RNTI的取值。 The method according to any one of claims 2 to 7, wherein, when the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, the traffic channel carrying the sm message corresponds to The control channel uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC bits, wherein the value of the M-SI-RNTI is different from the value of the SI-RNTI.
21. 根据权利要求 20所述的方法, 其中, 使用所述 M-SI-RNTI加扰的物理下行控 制信道与所述物理下行控制信道调度的物理下行业务信道在相同子帧或者不同 子帧中传输。 The method according to claim 20, wherein the physical downlink control channel scrambled by using the M-SI-RNTI and the physical downlink traffic channel scheduled by the physical downlink control channel are in the same subframe or different subframes transmission.
22. 一种公有消息接收方法, 包括: 22. A public message receiving method, comprising:
用户设备根据覆盖等级, 在特定的时频资源位置接收公有消息, 其中, 所 述特定的时频资源位置是由网络侧确定的, 所述公有消息承载在业务信道上。  The user equipment receives the public message at a specific time-frequency resource location according to the coverage level, where the specific time-frequency resource location is determined by the network side, and the public message is carried on the traffic channel.
23. 根据权利要求 22所述的方法,其中,所述业务信道在所述特定的时频资源位置 重复接收, 其中, 所述业务信道的重复次数通过以下至少之一的方式确定: 承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道的重复次数不同于以小区无线网络临时 标识 C-RNTI加扰的控制信道所调度的业务信道的重复次数; 23. The method according to claim 22, wherein the traffic channel is repeatedly received at the specific time-frequency resource location, wherein the number of repetitions of the traffic channel is determined by at least one of the following: The number of repetitions of the traffic channel of the public message is different from the number of repetitions of the traffic channel scheduled by the control channel scrambled by the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI;
承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道的重复次数相同;  The number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the public message is the same;
根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 确定对应的所述业务信道的重复次数。 其中, 所述公有消息包括以下至少之一: 系统信息块 sm消息、 随机接入 响应 RAR消息、 寻呼 Paging消息。 Determining the number of repetitions of the corresponding traffic channel according to the type of the public message that is carried. The public message includes at least one of the following: a system information block sm message, a random access response RAR message, and a paging Paging message.
24. 根据权利要求 23所述的方法, 其中, 根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 确定对 应的所述业务信道的重复次数包括以下至少之一: 24. The method according to claim 23, wherein determining the number of repetitions of the corresponding traffic channel according to the type of the public message to be carried comprises at least one of the following:
根据广播信道的重复次数、 最大覆盖等级、 所述 sm消息的周期配置或者 第一预定义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道的 重复次数;  Determining the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the sm message according to at least one of a repetition number of the broadcast channel, a maximum coverage level, a periodic configuration of the sm message, or a first predefined value;
根据所述用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、 所述基站的最大覆盖等级、 所述用户设备的覆盖等级或者第二预定义值之中的至少一种方式, 确定承载所 述 RAR消息的所述业务信道的重复次数;  Determining, according to at least one of a preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, a maximum coverage level of the base station, a coverage level of the user equipment, or a second predefined value, determining to carry the RAR message The number of repetitions of the traffic channel;
根据所述用户设备在随机接入中发送的前导、 所述基站的最大覆盖等级、 所述用户设备的覆盖等级、无线资源控制层 RRC信令或者第三预定义值之中的 至少一种方式, 确定承载所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的重复次数。  And according to at least one of a preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, a maximum coverage level of the base station, a coverage level of the user equipment, a radio resource control layer RRC signaling, or a third predefined value. And determining, by the number of repetitions of the traffic channel that carries the paging message.
25. 根据权利要求 24所述的方法,其中,根据所述用户设备在随机接入中发送的所 述前导, 确定承载所述 RAR消息或所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的重复次 数包括: The method according to claim 24, wherein determining, according to the preamble sent by the user equipment in the random access, the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message comprises:
根据所述前导的时频资源或者所述前导的序列, 确定承载所述 RAR消息 或所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的重复次数。  Determining, according to the time-frequency resource of the preamble or the sequence of the preamble, the number of repetitions of the traffic channel carrying the RAR message or the Paging message.
26. 根据权利要求 25所述的方法, 其中, 承载所述 SIB消息的所述业务信道根据 预设周期间歇重复接收, 其中, 所述预设周期为固定时长的周期或者根据第四 预定义值配置的一组时长的周期。 The method according to claim 25, wherein the traffic channel carrying the SIB message is intermittently repeatedly received according to a preset period, wherein the preset period is a period of a fixed duration or according to a fourth predefined value. A set of periods of a set of durations.
27. 根据权利要求 26所述的方法, 其中, 承载所述 SIB消息的所述业务信道在所 述预设周期中进行一次重复接收, 且所述一次重复接收位于一个或者多个 sm 周期中。 27. The method according to claim 26, wherein the traffic channel carrying the SIB message performs a repeated reception in the preset period, and the one-time repeated reception is located in one or more sm periods.
28. 根据权利要求 23所述的方法, 其中, 在承载所述 SIB消息的所述业务信道呈 非周期性重复的情况下, 在所述特定的时频资源位置接收所述公有消息包括: 通过盲检测确定承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道。 The method according to claim 23, wherein, when the traffic channel carrying the SIB message is aperiodicly repeated, receiving the public message at the specific time-frequency resource location comprises: Blind detection determines the traffic channel carrying the sm message.
29. 根据权利要求 23所述的方法, 其中, 所述方法还包括: 所述用户设备对承载所 述 sm消息的所述业务信道进行多个 sm周期尝试解码。 The method according to claim 23, wherein the method further comprises: the user equipment performing a plurality of sm period attempt decoding on the traffic channel carrying the sm message.
30. 根据权利要求 23所述的方法,其中,承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道在无控 制信道调度指示的情况下, 通过以下至少之一的方式确定用于重复接收所述业 务信道的频域资源: 30. The method according to claim 23, wherein the traffic channel carrying the public message, in the case of no control channel scheduling indication, determines, by way of at least one of the following, for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel. Frequency domain resources:
在频域聚合等级中,盲检所述频域资源占用的物理资源块 PRB资源中 PRB 的数目, 其中, 在所述频域资源上采用二进制移相键控 BPSK解调或者正交相 移键控 QPSK解调, 并分别通过第一无线网络临时标识 RNTI、第二 RNTI和第 三 RNTI解扰所述公有消息对应的循环冗余校验 CRC 比特; 其中, 所述第一 RNTI包括取值不同的 SI-RNTI和 M-SI-RNTI, 用于所述 SIB消息对应的 CRC 比特的解扰; 所述第二 RNTI包括取值不同的 P-RNTI和 M-P-RNTI, 用于所述 Paging消息对应的 CRC比特的解扰;所述第三 RNTI包括取值不同的 RA-RNTI 和 M-RA-RNTI, 用于所述 RAR消息对应的 CRC比特的解扰;  In the frequency domain aggregation level, blindly detecting the number of PRBs in the physical resource block PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource, where a binary phase shift keying BPSK demodulation or a quadrature phase shift key is used on the frequency domain resource. The QPSK is demodulated, and the cyclic redundancy check CRC bits corresponding to the public message are descrambled by the first radio network temporary identifier RNTI, the second RNTI, and the third RNTI, respectively, where the first RNTI includes different values. The SI-RNTI and the M-SI-RNTI are used for descrambling the CRC bits corresponding to the SIB message; the second RNTI includes a P-RNTI and an MP-RNTI with different values, and is used for the Paging message. The CRC bit is descrambled; the third RNTI includes RA-RNTI and M-RA-RNTI with different values, and is used for descrambling CRC bits corresponding to the RAR message;
根据 RRC信令的指示, 确定所述频域资源占用的所述 PRB资源; 根据第五预定义值, 确定所述频域资源占用的所述 PRB资源。  And determining, according to the indication of the RRC signaling, the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource; determining, according to the fifth predefined value, the PRB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource.
31. 根据权利要求 30所述的方法, 其中, 所述 PRB资源的起始位置通过以下之一 的方式确定: The method according to claim 30, wherein the starting position of the PRB resource is determined by one of the following:
确定所述 PRB资源中编号最小的 PRB资源为所述起始位置; 确定所述 PRB资源中编号最大的 PRB资源为所述起始位置; 根据公式 ^^^ + ^^^^^^^'确定所述 PRB资源的所述起始位置, 其中, L聚合等级 = · nmTI )modD或 = (H . "画、 modD; m = 2,..„ (i) . Determining that the PRB resource with the lowest number among the PRB resources is the starting location; determining that the PRB resource with the largest number among the PRB resources is the starting location; according to the formula ^^^ + ^^^^^^^' Determining the starting position of the PRB resource, wherein the L aggregation level = · n mTI ) modD or = (H. "Draw, modD; m = 2 , .." (i) .
M (L)表示聚合等级 L对应的候选集数量; ^表示子帧号为 k的子帧上用于 无控制传输时承载公有消息的业务信道占用的 PRB总数; D表示常数 65537; A表示常数 39827; k表示子帧号; i=0, ..., L-1表示一个聚合等级对应的搜索 单位; ^!^表示加扰 CRC比特的 RNTI取值, SFN表示无线帧号, mod表示 取模运算。 M (L) represents the number of candidate sets corresponding to the aggregation level L; ^ represents the total number of PRBs occupied by the traffic channel carrying the public message for the uncontrolled transmission on the subframe with the subframe number k; D represents the constant 65537; A represents a constant 39827; k represents the subframe number; i=0, ..., L-1 represents a search unit corresponding to an aggregation level; ^! ^ indicates the value of the RNTI that scrambles the CRC bits, SFN indicates the radio frame number, and mod indicates the modulo operation.
32. 根据权利要求 30所述的方法, 其中, 在根据 RRC信令的指示或根据第五预定 义值, 确定所述频域资源占用的所述 RPB资源的情况下, 所述 PRB资源为连 续或离散的 PRB资源, 且所述 RPB资源的 PRB数目小于或等于 6。 The method according to claim 30, wherein, in the case that the RPB resource occupied by the frequency domain resource is determined according to an indication of RRC signaling or according to a fifth predefined value, the PRB resource is continuous Or a discrete PRB resource, and the number of PRBs of the RPB resource is less than or equal to 6.
33. 根据权利要求 30所述的方法,其中,确定承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道在 传输所述业务信道的子帧内的起始位置为第 3个正交频分复用 OFDM符号,或 者, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道在所述子帧内的 起始符号。 33. The method of claim 30, wherein determining a starting location of the traffic channel carrying the public message within a subframe in which the traffic channel is transmitted is a third orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol , or And determining, according to a bandwidth of the system, a start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe.
34. 根据权利要求 33所述的方法, 其中, 根据系统的带宽, 确定承载所述公有消息 的所述业务信道在所述子帧内的所述起始符号包括以下之一的方式: 34. The method according to claim 33, wherein, according to a bandwidth of the system, determining, according to a bandwidth of the system, the manner in which the start symbol of the traffic channel carrying the public message in the subframe includes one of the following:
在所述系统带宽为 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定所述子帧的第 5个 OFDM符号 为所述起始符号;  And determining, in the case that the system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, that the fifth OFDM symbol of the subframe is the start symbol;
在所述系统带宽大于 1.4MHz的情况下, 确定所述子帧的第 4个 OFDM符 号为所述起始符号。  In case the system bandwidth is greater than 1.4 MHz, the fourth OFDM symbol of the subframe is determined to be the start symbol.
35. 根据权利要求 23至 29中任一项所述的方法, 其中, 承载所述 SIB消息的所述 业务信道在较大覆盖等级的情况下所占用的特定的时频资源位置包含较小覆盖 等级的情况下所占用的特定的时频资源位置。 The method according to any one of claims 23 to 29, wherein a specific time-frequency resource location occupied by the traffic channel carrying the SIB message with a larger coverage level includes a smaller coverage The specific time-frequency resource location occupied by the level.
36. 根据权利要求 23至 29中任一项所述的方法, 其中, 用于接收所述业务信道的 所述子帧的起始位置通过以下方式之一确定: The method according to any one of claims 23 to 29, wherein a starting position of the subframe for receiving the traffic channel is determined by one of the following ways:
根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 采用第六预定义值确定所述子帧的起始 位置;  Determining, according to the type of the public message that is carried, a starting position of the subframe by using a sixth predefined value;
根据 κ值确定用于传输承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道的所述子帧的起 始位置, 其中, 所述 K值满足关系式(K + h*n) mod M=i, 其中 K表示处于起 始位置的子帧在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 K h-l, n表示处于起始 位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h 为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧的数量, M 表示间歇重复传输的周期, 0 i h-l, 其中, 在时分双工 TDD系统中按照无 线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号; 根据 L值确定用于传输承载所述 RAR消息或所述 Paging消息的所述业务 信道的所述子帧的起始位置, 其中, 所述 L值满足关系式(L + h*n) mod N=j ; 其中 L 表示处于起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 L h-1 , n表示处于起始位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h为一个无线帧中包含的可用 下行子帧数量, N表示重复传输次数, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照 无线帧中可用下行子帧重新进行顺序编号;  Determining, according to the κ value, a starting position of the subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the sm message, where the K value satisfies a relationship (K + h*n) mod M=i, where K Indicates the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 K hl, n indicates the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink subframe included in one radio frame. The number of times, M denotes the period of intermittent repeated transmission, 0 i hl, wherein, in the time division duplex TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-sequenced sequentially; the RAR message is determined to be transmitted according to the L value or a starting position of the subframe of the traffic channel of the paging message, where the L value satisfies a relation (L + h*n) mod N=j; where L represents a subframe at a starting position The number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame, 0 L h-1 , n indicates the radio frame in which the subframe at the starting position is located, h is the number of available downlink subframes included in one radio frame, and N indicates repeated transmission. The number of times, 0 j hl, where, in T In the DD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are renumbered sequentially;
根据 H值确定用于传输承载所述 Paging消息的所述业务信道的所述子帧的 起始位置, 其中, 所述 H值满足关系式 (H + h*n) mod T=j ; 其中 H表示处于 起始位置的子帧在无线帧内的可用下行子帧的编号, 0 H h-l, n表示处于起 始位置的子帧所在的无线帧, h 为一个无线帧中包含的可用下行子帧数量, T 表示重复传输的周期, 0 j h-l, 其中, 在 TDD系统中按照无线帧中可用下 行子帧重新进行顺序编号; Determining, according to the H value, a starting position of the subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the Paging message, where the H value satisfies a relationship (H + h*n) mod T=j ; wherein H Indicates the number of available downlink subframes in the radio frame in the starting position, 0 H hl, n indicates the radio frame in the subframe where the starting position is located, and h is the available downlink subframe included in one radio frame. Quantity, T Representing the period of repeated transmission, 0 j hl, where, in the TDD system, the downlink subframes in the radio frame are re-ordered sequentially;
根据随机接入中的前导的序列所在的子帧、 所述序列的类型、 所述前导所 对应的所述基站的覆盖等级或者第七预定义值之中的一种方式, 确定用于接收 承载所述 RAR消息的所述业务信道的所述子帧的起始位置。  Determining for receiving a bearer according to one of a subframe in which the sequence of the preamble in the random access is located, a type of the sequence, a coverage level of the base station corresponding to the preamble, or a seventh predefined value The starting position of the subframe of the traffic channel of the RAR message.
37. 根据权利要求 23至 29中所述的方法,其中,根据承载的所述公有消息的类型, 确定所述子帧的位置包括以下至少之一: 37. The method according to claims 23 to 29, wherein determining the location of the subframe comprises at least one of the following according to a type of the public message carried:
确定用于传输承载所述 RAR消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用连续的方式 接收;  Determining that a subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the RAR message is received in a continuous manner;
确定用于传输承载所述 Paging 消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用离散选择 的方式接收;  Determining that a subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the Paging message is received in a discrete selection manner;
确定用于传输承载所述 sm消息的所述业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方 式接收。  A subframe for determining to transmit the traffic channel carrying the sm message is received in a cyclically repeated manner.
38. 根据权利要求 37所述的方法, 其中, 在确定用于传输承载所述 SIB消息的所 述业务信道的子帧采用周期重复的方式接收的情况下, 调度所述业务信道的控 制信道采用相同的周期重复的方式接收。 38. The method according to claim 37, wherein, in a case where it is determined that a subframe for transmitting the traffic channel carrying the SIB message is received in a cyclically repeated manner, scheduling a control channel of the traffic channel is adopted The same cycle is received in a repeating manner.
39. 根据权利要求 22至 29中任一项所述的方法, 其中, 在承载所述公有消息的所 述业务信道采用周期重复接收的情况下, 用于重复接收所述业务信道的多个子 帧上承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道的频域资源相同。 The method according to any one of claims 22 to 29, wherein, in the case that the traffic channel carrying the public message adopts periodic repeated reception, a plurality of subframes for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel are used. The frequency domain resources of the traffic channel carrying the public message are the same.
40. 根据权利要求 22至 29中任一项所述的方法, 其中, 在承载有所述公有消息的 所述业务信道有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 在用于重复接收所述业务信道的 多个子帧上, 承载所述公有消息的所述业务信道对应的控制信道占用的资源大 小相同。 The method according to any one of claims 22 to 29, wherein, in the case that the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, in a method for repeatedly receiving the traffic channel On a plurality of subframes, the control channel corresponding to the traffic channel carrying the public message occupies the same resource size.
41. 根据权利要求 40所述的方法,其中,根据最大覆盖等级或者对应的所述业务信 道承载的所述公有消息的类型, 确定所述控制信道的重复接收次数。 The method according to claim 40, wherein the number of repeated receptions of the control channel is determined according to a maximum coverage level or a type of the public message carried by the corresponding service channel.
42. 根据权利要求 23至 29中任一项所述的方法, 其中, 在承载有所述公有消息的 所述业务信道有控制信道调度指示的情况下, 承载所述 sm消息的业务信道对 应的控制信道使用 M-SI-RNTI 或者 SI-RNTI 加扰 CRC 比特, 其中, 所述 M-SI-RNTI的取值不同于所述 SI-RNTI的取值。 The method according to any one of claims 23 to 29, wherein, when the traffic channel carrying the public message has a control channel scheduling indication, the traffic channel carrying the sm message corresponds to The control channel uses the M-SI-RNTI or the SI-RNTI to scramble the CRC bits, where the value of the M-SI-RNTI is different from the value of the SI-RNTI.
43. 根据权利要求 42所述的方法, 其中, 使用所述 M-SI-RNTI加扰的物理下行控 制信道与所述物理下行控制信道调度的物理下行业务信道在相同子帧或者不同 子帧中接收。 43. The method according to claim 42, wherein the physical downlink control channel scrambled by using the M-SI-RNTI and the physical downlink traffic channel scheduled by the physical downlink control channel are in the same subframe or different subframes receive.
44. 一种公有消息发送装置, 位于网络侧, 所述装置包括: 44. A public message sending device, located on a network side, the device includes:
第一确定模块,设置为根据覆盖等级,确定发送公有消息的时频资源位置; 发送模块, 设置为通过所述时频资源位置发送所述公有消息, 其中, 所述 公有消息承载在业务信道上。  a first determining module, configured to determine, according to the coverage level, a time-frequency resource location for transmitting a public message; and a sending module, configured to send the public message by using the time-frequency resource location, where the public message is carried on a service channel .
45. 一种公有消息接收装置, 位于终端侧, 其中, 所述装置包括: 45. A public message receiving device, located on a terminal side, where the device includes:
接收模块, 设置为根据覆盖等级, 在特定的时频资源位置接收公有消息, 其中, 所述特定的时频资源位置是由网络侧确定的, 所述公有消息承载在业务 信道上。  The receiving module is configured to receive a public message at a specific time-frequency resource location according to the coverage level, where the specific time-frequency resource location is determined by the network side, and the public message is carried on the service channel.
46. 一种公有消息传输系统,其中,包括权利要求 44所述的公有消息发送装置和权 利要求 45所述的公有消息接收装置。 A public message transmission system comprising the public message transmitting apparatus of claim 44 and the public message receiving apparatus of claim 45.
PCT/CN2014/077495 2013-09-27 2014-05-14 Method, device for sending/receiving public message and system WO2014187260A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201310451734.7A CN104518843B (en) 2013-09-27 2013-09-27 Publicly-owned message sending, receiving method, apparatus and system
CN201310451734.7 2013-09-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014187260A1 true WO2014187260A1 (en) 2014-11-27

Family

ID=51932837

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/077495 WO2014187260A1 (en) 2013-09-27 2014-05-14 Method, device for sending/receiving public message and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104518843B (en)
WO (1) WO2014187260A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108112078A (en) * 2017-06-20 2018-06-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Collocation method, device and the storage medium of uplink data channels primary sign position
CN110139313A (en) * 2018-02-08 2019-08-16 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Report method, resource regulating method and the communication equipment of coverage enhancement grade
CN110392435A (en) * 2018-04-23 2019-10-29 普天信息技术有限公司 A kind of data transmission method and system
CN110505690A (en) * 2018-05-16 2019-11-26 普天信息技术有限公司 A kind of transmission method and system of downlink service data

Families Citing this family (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6707094B2 (en) * 2015-05-15 2020-06-10 華為技術有限公司Huawei Technologies Co.,Ltd. Method and associated device for sending common messages
CN106455093B (en) * 2015-08-13 2019-05-24 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of data transmission method and device
CN107432037B (en) * 2015-08-13 2020-09-22 松下电器(美国)知识产权公司 Wireless communication method, eNodeB and user equipment
WO2017041301A1 (en) * 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 华为技术有限公司 Information transmission method and apparatus
EP3342223B1 (en) * 2015-09-25 2020-03-11 Sony Corporation Telecommunications apparatuses and methods
CN105792101A (en) * 2015-12-31 2016-07-20 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 Method for determining retransmission time, terminal and base station
CN106954258A (en) * 2016-01-07 2017-07-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of paging processing method, device and paging system
GB201602150D0 (en) * 2016-02-05 2016-03-23 Nec Corp Communication system
WO2017185304A1 (en) * 2016-04-28 2017-11-02 富士通株式会社 Ra-rnti determining device, rar transmission device and method, and communication system
CN107426783B (en) 2016-05-23 2020-01-14 北京佰才邦技术有限公司 System message transmission method and device, user terminal and network equipment
CN107466101B (en) * 2016-06-03 2021-11-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Terminal position determining method and device
CN107645758B (en) * 2016-07-22 2020-03-24 电信科学技术研究院 Access signal receiving and sending method and device
CN108616986A (en) * 2017-01-05 2018-10-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 a kind of paging method, device and transmission node
CN108282893B (en) * 2017-01-06 2022-03-22 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Transmission method, receiving method, base station and user equipment of common control message
KR102267985B1 (en) 2017-01-11 2021-06-22 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 Message transmission method and device
CN108631922A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of data transmission method for uplink, data receiver method and device
US10904845B2 (en) * 2017-05-15 2021-01-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Synchronization channel for a wake-up receiver (WUR) in a communication device
CN107071903B (en) * 2017-06-07 2021-03-26 深圳佰才邦技术有限公司 Transmission method and device of paging message
CN109257820B (en) 2017-07-14 2021-12-03 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
CN109471139B (en) * 2018-12-29 2023-12-12 河南准位信息技术有限公司 RTK measurement time ephemeris data transmission method and RTK measurement system

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1770902A (en) * 2004-11-04 2006-05-10 华为技术有限公司 Method for improving CDMA system communication quality
CN101399628A (en) * 2007-09-30 2009-04-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Transmission method and device suitable for coverage requirement in time division duplexing system
CN102090132A (en) * 2008-05-15 2011-06-08 诺基亚公司 Methods, apparatuses and computer program products for providing coordination of device to device communication

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101616443A (en) * 2008-06-23 2009-12-30 华为技术有限公司 Message treatment method, device and system
US20110222491A1 (en) * 2010-03-09 2011-09-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for sending control information with enhanced coverage in a wireless network
CN102833734A (en) * 2011-06-14 2012-12-19 普天信息技术研究院有限公司 Method for transmitting paging message
US8731477B2 (en) * 2011-10-26 2014-05-20 Blackberry Limited Performing inter-frequency measurements in a mobile network
CN104349458B (en) * 2013-08-08 2019-05-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Transmission method, method for transmission processing, communication node and the terminal of control channel

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1770902A (en) * 2004-11-04 2006-05-10 华为技术有限公司 Method for improving CDMA system communication quality
CN101399628A (en) * 2007-09-30 2009-04-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Transmission method and device suitable for coverage requirement in time division duplexing system
CN102090132A (en) * 2008-05-15 2011-06-08 诺基亚公司 Methods, apparatuses and computer program products for providing coordination of device to device communication

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108112078A (en) * 2017-06-20 2018-06-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Collocation method, device and the storage medium of uplink data channels primary sign position
CN108112078B (en) * 2017-06-20 2023-08-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method, device and storage medium for configuring initial symbol position of uplink data channel
CN110139313A (en) * 2018-02-08 2019-08-16 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Report method, resource regulating method and the communication equipment of coverage enhancement grade
CN110139313B (en) * 2018-02-08 2022-10-14 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Coverage enhancement grade reporting method, resource scheduling method and communication equipment
CN110392435A (en) * 2018-04-23 2019-10-29 普天信息技术有限公司 A kind of data transmission method and system
CN110505690A (en) * 2018-05-16 2019-11-26 普天信息技术有限公司 A kind of transmission method and system of downlink service data

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104518843A (en) 2015-04-15
CN104518843B (en) 2019-04-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2014187260A1 (en) Method, device for sending/receiving public message and system
EP3367604B1 (en) Resource allocation for repetitions of transmissions in a communication system
ES2936625T3 (en) Device that uses channel multiplexing in wireless communication
EP3275110B1 (en) Transmission of system information for low cost user equipment
US10764759B2 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving wireless signal and device for same
JP6163554B2 (en) Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, and communication method
US9980254B2 (en) Control channel transmission method, transmission processing method, communication node and terminal
JP6162244B2 (en) Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, and communication method
US11265912B2 (en) Terminal apparatus
US10314036B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting data by device-to-device terminal in wireless communication system
JP6446743B2 (en) Terminal, base station, and communication method
EP3439408B1 (en) Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, communication method, and integrated circuit
JP6452048B2 (en) TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
CN111052661B (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2014176972A1 (en) Data transmitting method and device in d2d communication
WO2017195815A1 (en) Base station device, terminal device, and communication method therefor
WO2014048261A1 (en) Information transmission method and device
WO2014107994A1 (en) Method and device for sending control information and receiving control information
CN108029130B (en) Method for reducing CRC field in compact DCI of low-cost MTC device on M-PDCCH
WO2015129797A1 (en) Terminal device, integrated circuit, and wireless communication method
CN112673700A (en) Terminal device
US11005601B2 (en) Transmission device, reception device, and communication method
JPWO2014136789A1 (en) Base station apparatus, terminal apparatus, integrated circuit, and wireless communication method
JPWO2014136790A1 (en) Terminal device, integrated circuit, wireless communication method, and base station device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14800270

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14800270

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1